Linked List

Package securityhub provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS SecurityHub. Security Hub provides you with a comprehensive view of your security state in Amazon Web Services and helps you assess your Amazon Web Services environment against security industry standards and best practices. Security Hub collects security data across Amazon Web Services accounts, Amazon Web Services services, and supported third-party products and helps you analyze your security trends and identify the highest priority security issues. To help you manage the security state of your organization, Security Hub supports multiple security standards. These include the Amazon Web Services Foundational Security Best Practices (FSBP) standard developed by Amazon Web Services, and external compliance frameworks such as the Center for Internet Security (CIS), the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), and the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Each standard includes several security controls, each of which represents a security best practice. Security Hub runs checks against security controls and generates control findings to help you assess your compliance against security best practices. In addition to generating control findings, Security Hub also receives findings from other Amazon Web Services services, such as Amazon GuardDuty and Amazon Inspector, and supported third-party products. This gives you a single pane of glass into a variety of security-related issues. You can also send Security Hub findings to other Amazon Web Services services and supported third-party products. Security Hub offers automation features that help you triage and remediate security issues. For example, you can use automation rules to automatically update critical findings when a security check fails. You can also leverage the integration with Amazon EventBridge to trigger automatic responses to specific findings. This guide, the Security Hub API Reference, provides information about the Security Hub API. This includes supported resources, HTTP methods, parameters, and schemas. If you're new to Security Hub, you might find it helpful to also review the Security Hub User Guide. The user guide explains key concepts and provides procedures that demonstrate how to use Security Hub features. It also provides information about topics such as integrating Security Hub with other Amazon Web Services services. In addition to interacting with Security Hub by making calls to the Security Hub API, you can use a current version of an Amazon Web Services command line tool or SDK. Amazon Web Services provides tools and SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various languages and platforms, such as PowerShell, Java, Go, Python, C++, and .NET. These tools and SDKs provide convenient, programmatic access to Security Hub and other Amazon Web Services services . They also handle tasks such as signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests automatically. For information about installing and using the Amazon Web Services tools and SDKs, see Tools to Build on Amazon Web Services. With the exception of operations that are related to central configuration, Security Hub API requests are executed only in the Amazon Web Services Region that is currently active or in the specific Amazon Web Services Region that you specify in your request. Any configuration or settings change that results from the operation is applied only to that Region. To make the same change in other Regions, call the same API operation in each Region in which you want to apply the change. When you use central configuration, API requests for enabling Security Hub, standards, and controls are executed in the home Region and all linked Regions. For a list of central configuration operations, see the Central configuration terms and conceptssection of the Security Hub User Guide. The following throttling limits apply to Security Hub API operations. BatchEnableStandards - RateLimit of 1 request per second. BurstLimit of 1 request per second. GetFindings - RateLimit of 3 requests per second. BurstLimit of 6 requests per second. BatchImportFindings - RateLimit of 10 requests per second. BurstLimit of 30 requests per second. BatchUpdateFindings - RateLimit of 10 requests per second. BurstLimit of 30 requests per second. UpdateStandardsControl - RateLimit of 1 request per second. BurstLimit of 5 requests per second. All other operations - RateLimit of 10 requests per second. BurstLimit of 30 requests per second.

Package queue provides a fast, ring-buffer queue based on the version suggested by Dariusz Górecki. Using this instead of other, simpler, queue implementations (slice+append or linked list) provides substantial memory and time benefits, and fewer GC pauses. The queue implemented here is as fast as it is for an additional reason: it is *not* thread-safe.

Package ql implements a pure Go embedded SQL database engine. QL is a member of the SQL family of languages. It is less complex and less powerful than SQL (whichever specification SQL is considered to be). 2018-08-02: Release v1.2.0 adds initial support for Go modules. 2017-01-10: Release v1.1.0 fixes some bugs and adds a configurable WAL headroom. 2016-07-29: Release v1.0.6 enables alternatively using = instead of == for equality operation. 2016-07-11: Release v1.0.5 undoes vendoring of lldb. QL now uses stable lldb (github.com/cznic/lldb). 2016-07-06: Release v1.0.4 fixes a panic when closing the WAL file. 2016-04-03: Release v1.0.3 fixes a data race. 2016-03-23: Release v1.0.2 vendors github.com/cznic/exp/lldb and github.com/camlistore/go4/lock. 2016-03-17: Release v1.0.1 adjusts for latest goyacc. Parser error messages are improved and changed, but their exact form is not considered a API change. 2016-03-05: The current version has been tagged v1.0.0. 2015-06-15: To improve compatibility with other SQL implementations, the count built-in aggregate function now accepts * as its argument. 2015-05-29: The execution planner was rewritten from scratch. It should use indices in all places where they were used before plus in some additional situations. It is possible to investigate the plan using the newly added EXPLAIN statement. The QL tool is handy for such analysis. If the planner would have used an index, but no such exists, the plan includes hints in form of copy/paste ready CREATE INDEX statements. The planner is still quite simple and a lot of work on it is yet ahead. You can help this process by filling an issue with a schema and query which fails to use an index or indices when it should, in your opinion. Bonus points for including output of `ql 'explain <query>'`. 2015-05-09: The grammar of the CREATE INDEX statement now accepts an expression list instead of a single expression, which was further limited to just a column name or the built-in id(). As a side effect, composite indices are now functional. However, the values in the expression-list style index are not yet used by other statements or the statement/query planner. The composite index is useful while having UNIQUE clause to check for semantically duplicate rows before they get added to the table or when such a row is mutated using the UPDATE statement and the expression-list style index tuple of the row is thus recomputed. 2015-05-02: The Schema field of table __Table now correctly reflects any column constraints and/or defaults. Also, the (*DB).Info method now has that information provided in new ColumInfo fields NotNull, Constraint and Default. 2015-04-20: Added support for {LEFT,RIGHT,FULL} [OUTER] JOIN. 2015-04-18: Column definitions can now have constraints and defaults. Details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. 2015-03-06: New built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt. Thanks urandom! (https://github.com/urandom) 2015-02-16: IN predicate now accepts a SELECT statement. See the updated "Predicates" section. 2015-01-17: Logical operators || and && have now alternative spellings: OR and AND (case insensitive). AND was a keyword before, but OR is a new one. This can possibly break existing queries. For the record, it's a good idea to not use any name appearing in, for example, [7] in your queries as the list of QL's keywords may expand for gaining better compatibility with existing SQL "standards". 2015-01-12: ACID guarantees were tightened at the cost of performance in some cases. The write collecting window mechanism, a formerly used implementation detail, was removed. Inserting rows one by one in a transaction is now slow. I mean very slow. Try to avoid inserting single rows in a transaction. Instead, whenever possible, perform batch updates of tens to, say thousands of rows in a single transaction. See also: http://www.sqlite.org/faq.html#q19, the discussed synchronization principles involved are the same as for QL, modulo minor details. Note: A side effect is that closing a DB before exiting an application, both for the Go API and through database/sql driver, is no more required, strictly speaking. Beware that exiting an application while there is an open (uncommitted) transaction in progress means losing the transaction data. However, the DB will not become corrupted because of not closing it. Nor that was the case before, but formerly failing to close a DB could have resulted in losing the data of the last transaction. 2014-09-21: id() now optionally accepts a single argument - a table name. 2014-09-01: Added the DB.Flush() method and the LIKE pattern matching predicate. 2014-08-08: The built in functions max and min now accept also time values. Thanks opennota! (https://github.com/opennota) 2014-06-05: RecordSet interface extended by new methods FirstRow and Rows. 2014-06-02: Indices on id() are now used by SELECT statements. 2014-05-07: Introduction of Marshal, Schema, Unmarshal. 2014-04-15: Added optional IF NOT EXISTS clause to CREATE INDEX and optional IF EXISTS clause to DROP INDEX. 2014-04-12: The column Unique in the virtual table __Index was renamed to IsUnique because the old name is a keyword. Unfortunately, this is a breaking change, sorry. 2014-04-11: Introduction of LIMIT, OFFSET. 2014-04-10: Introduction of query rewriting. 2014-04-07: Introduction of indices. QL imports zappy[8], a block-based compressor, which speeds up its performance by using a C version of the compression/decompression algorithms. If a CGO-free (pure Go) version of QL, or an app using QL, is required, please include 'purego' in the -tags option of go {build,get,install}. For example: If zappy was installed before installing QL, it might be necessary to rebuild zappy first (or rebuild QL with all its dependencies using the -a option): The syntax is specified using Extended Backus-Naur Form (EBNF) Lower-case production names are used to identify lexical tokens. Non-terminals are in CamelCase. Lexical tokens are enclosed in double quotes "" or back quotes “. The form a … b represents the set of characters from a through b as alternatives. The horizontal ellipsis … is also used elsewhere in the spec to informally denote various enumerations or code snippets that are not further specified. QL source code is Unicode text encoded in UTF-8. The text is not canonicalized, so a single accented code point is distinct from the same character constructed from combining an accent and a letter; those are treated as two code points. For simplicity, this document will use the unqualified term character to refer to a Unicode code point in the source text. Each code point is distinct; for instance, upper and lower case letters are different characters. Implementation restriction: For compatibility with other tools, the parser may disallow the NUL character (U+0000) in the statement. Implementation restriction: A byte order mark is disallowed anywhere in QL statements. The following terms are used to denote specific character classes The underscore character _ (U+005F) is considered a letter. Lexical elements are comments, tokens, identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, integer, floating-point, imaginary, rune and string literals and QL parameters. Line comments start with the character sequence // or -- and stop at the end of the line. A line comment acts like a space. General comments start with the character sequence /* and continue through the character sequence */. A general comment acts like a space. Comments do not nest. Tokens form the vocabulary of QL. There are four classes: identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, and literals. White space, formed from spaces (U+0020), horizontal tabs (U+0009), carriage returns (U+000D), and newlines (U+000A), is ignored except as it separates tokens that would otherwise combine into a single token. The formal grammar uses semicolons ";" as separators of QL statements. A single QL statement or the last QL statement in a list of statements can have an optional semicolon terminator. (Actually a separator from the following empty statement.) Identifiers name entities such as tables or record set columns. An identifier is a sequence of one or more letters and digits. The first character in an identifier must be a letter. For example No identifiers are predeclared, however note that no keyword can be used as an identifier. Identifiers starting with two underscores are used for meta data virtual tables names. For forward compatibility, users should generally avoid using any identifiers starting with two underscores. For example The following keywords are reserved and may not be used as identifiers. Keywords are not case sensitive. The following character sequences represent operators, delimiters, and other special tokens Operators consisting of more than one character are referred to by names in the rest of the documentation An integer literal is a sequence of digits representing an integer constant. An optional prefix sets a non-decimal base: 0 for octal, 0x or 0X for hexadecimal. In hexadecimal literals, letters a-f and A-F represent values 10 through 15. For example A floating-point literal is a decimal representation of a floating-point constant. It has an integer part, a decimal point, a fractional part, and an exponent part. The integer and fractional part comprise decimal digits; the exponent part is an e or E followed by an optionally signed decimal exponent. One of the integer part or the fractional part may be elided; one of the decimal point or the exponent may be elided. For example An imaginary literal is a decimal representation of the imaginary part of a complex constant. It consists of a floating-point literal or decimal integer followed by the lower-case letter i. For example A rune literal represents a rune constant, an integer value identifying a Unicode code point. A rune literal is expressed as one or more characters enclosed in single quotes. Within the quotes, any character may appear except single quote and newline. A single quoted character represents the Unicode value of the character itself, while multi-character sequences beginning with a backslash encode values in various formats. The simplest form represents the single character within the quotes; since QL statements are Unicode characters encoded in UTF-8, multiple UTF-8-encoded bytes may represent a single integer value. For instance, the literal 'a' holds a single byte representing a literal a, Unicode U+0061, value 0x61, while 'ä' holds two bytes (0xc3 0xa4) representing a literal a-dieresis, U+00E4, value 0xe4. Several backslash escapes allow arbitrary values to be encoded as ASCII text. There are four ways to represent the integer value as a numeric constant: \x followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits; \u followed by exactly four hexadecimal digits; \U followed by exactly eight hexadecimal digits, and a plain backslash \ followed by exactly three octal digits. In each case the value of the literal is the value represented by the digits in the corresponding base. Although these representations all result in an integer, they have different valid ranges. Octal escapes must represent a value between 0 and 255 inclusive. Hexadecimal escapes satisfy this condition by construction. The escapes \u and \U represent Unicode code points so within them some values are illegal, in particular those above 0x10FFFF and surrogate halves. After a backslash, certain single-character escapes represent special values All other sequences starting with a backslash are illegal inside rune literals. For example A string literal represents a string constant obtained from concatenating a sequence of characters. There are two forms: raw string literals and interpreted string literals. Raw string literals are character sequences between back quotes “. Within the quotes, any character is legal except back quote. The value of a raw string literal is the string composed of the uninterpreted (implicitly UTF-8-encoded) characters between the quotes; in particular, backslashes have no special meaning and the string may contain newlines. Carriage returns inside raw string literals are discarded from the raw string value. Interpreted string literals are character sequences between double quotes "". The text between the quotes, which may not contain newlines, forms the value of the literal, with backslash escapes interpreted as they are in rune literals (except that \' is illegal and \" is legal), with the same restrictions. The three-digit octal (\nnn) and two-digit hexadecimal (\xnn) escapes represent individual bytes of the resulting string; all other escapes represent the (possibly multi-byte) UTF-8 encoding of individual characters. Thus inside a string literal \377 and \xFF represent a single byte of value 0xFF=255, while ÿ, \u00FF, \U000000FF and \xc3\xbf represent the two bytes 0xc3 0xbf of the UTF-8 encoding of character U+00FF. For example These examples all represent the same string If the statement source represents a character as two code points, such as a combining form involving an accent and a letter, the result will be an error if placed in a rune literal (it is not a single code point), and will appear as two code points if placed in a string literal. Literals are assigned their values from the respective text representation at "compile" (parse) time. QL parameters provide the same functionality as literals, but their value is assigned at execution time from an expression list passed to DB.Run or DB.Execute. Using '?' or '$' is completely equivalent. For example Keywords 'false' and 'true' (not case sensitive) represent the two possible constant values of type bool (also not case sensitive). Keyword 'NULL' (not case sensitive) represents an untyped constant which is assignable to any type. NULL is distinct from any other value of any type. A type determines the set of values and operations specific to values of that type. A type is specified by a type name. Named instances of the boolean, numeric, and string types are keywords. The names are not case sensitive. Note: The blob type is exchanged between the back end and the API as []byte. On 32 bit platforms this limits the size which the implementation can handle to 2G. A boolean type represents the set of Boolean truth values denoted by the predeclared constants true and false. The predeclared boolean type is bool. A duration type represents the elapsed time between two instants as an int64 nanosecond count. The representation limits the largest representable duration to approximately 290 years. A numeric type represents sets of integer or floating-point values. The predeclared architecture-independent numeric types are The value of an n-bit integer is n bits wide and represented using two's complement arithmetic. Conversions are required when different numeric types are mixed in an expression or assignment. A string type represents the set of string values. A string value is a (possibly empty) sequence of bytes. The case insensitive keyword for the string type is 'string'. The length of a string (its size in bytes) can be discovered using the built-in function len. A time type represents an instant in time with nanosecond precision. Each time has associated with it a location, consulted when computing the presentation form of the time. The following functions are implicitly declared An expression specifies the computation of a value by applying operators and functions to operands. Operands denote the elementary values in an expression. An operand may be a literal, a (possibly qualified) identifier denoting a constant or a function or a table/record set column, or a parenthesized expression. A qualified identifier is an identifier qualified with a table/record set name prefix. For example Primary expression are the operands for unary and binary expressions. For example A primary expression of the form denotes the element of a string indexed by x. Its type is byte. The value x is called the index. The following rules apply - The index x must be of integer type except bigint or duration; it is in range if 0 <= x < len(s), otherwise it is out of range. - A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. - A constant index must be in range if the string a is a literal. - If x is out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. - s[x] is the byte at index x and the type of s[x] is byte. If s is NULL or x is NULL then the result is NULL. Otherwise s[x] is illegal. For a string, the primary expression constructs a substring. The indices low and high select which elements appear in the result. The result has indices starting at 0 and length equal to high - low. For convenience, any of the indices may be omitted. A missing low index defaults to zero; a missing high index defaults to the length of the sliced operand The indices low and high are in range if 0 <= low <= high <= len(a), otherwise they are out of range. A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. If both indices are constant, they must satisfy low <= high. If the indices are out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. Integer values of type bigint or duration cannot be used as indices. If s is NULL the result is NULL. If low or high is not omitted and is NULL then the result is NULL. Given an identifier f denoting a predeclared function, calls f with arguments a1, a2, … an. Arguments are evaluated before the function is called. The type of the expression is the result type of f. In a function call, the function value and arguments are evaluated in the usual order. After they are evaluated, the parameters of the call are passed by value to the function and the called function begins execution. The return value of the function is passed by value when the function returns. Calling an undefined function causes a compile-time error. Operators combine operands into expressions. Comparisons are discussed elsewhere. For other binary operators, the operand types must be identical unless the operation involves shifts or untyped constants. For operations involving constants only, see the section on constant expressions. Except for shift operations, if one operand is an untyped constant and the other operand is not, the constant is converted to the type of the other operand. The right operand in a shift expression must have unsigned integer type or be an untyped constant that can be converted to unsigned integer type. If the left operand of a non-constant shift expression is an untyped constant, the type of the constant is what it would be if the shift expression were replaced by its left operand alone. Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr2, a regular expression, matches expr1 (see also [6]). Both expression must be of type string. If any one of the expressions is NULL the result is NULL. Predicates are special form expressions having a boolean result type. Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be comparable as defined in "Comparison operators". Another form of the IN predicate creates the expression list from a result of a SelectStmt. The SelectStmt must select only one column. The produced expression list is resource limited by the memory available to the process. NULL values produced by the SelectStmt are ignored, but if all records of the SelectStmt are NULL the predicate yields NULL. The select statement is evaluated only once. If the type of expr is not the same as the type of the field returned by the SelectStmt then the set operation yields false. The type of the column returned by the SelectStmt must be one of the simple (non blob-like) types: Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be ordered as defined in "Comparison operators". Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr does not have a specific type (case A) or if expr has a specific type (case B). In other cases the result is a boolean value false. Unary operators have the highest precedence. There are five precedence levels for binary operators. Multiplication operators bind strongest, followed by addition operators, comparison operators, && (logical AND), and finally || (logical OR) Binary operators of the same precedence associate from left to right. For instance, x / y * z is the same as (x / y) * z. Note that the operator precedence is reflected explicitly by the grammar. Arithmetic operators apply to numeric values and yield a result of the same type as the first operand. The four standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) apply to integer, rational, floating-point, and complex types; + also applies to strings; +,- also applies to times. All other arithmetic operators apply to integers only. sum integers, rationals, floats, complex values, strings difference integers, rationals, floats, complex values, times product integers, rationals, floats, complex values / quotient integers, rationals, floats, complex values % remainder integers & bitwise AND integers | bitwise OR integers ^ bitwise XOR integers &^ bit clear (AND NOT) integers << left shift integer << unsigned integer >> right shift integer >> unsigned integer Strings can be concatenated using the + operator String addition creates a new string by concatenating the operands. A value of type duration can be added to or subtracted from a value of type time. Times can subtracted from each other producing a value of type duration. For two integer values x and y, the integer quotient q = x / y and remainder r = x % y satisfy the following relationships with x / y truncated towards zero ("truncated division"). As an exception to this rule, if the dividend x is the most negative value for the int type of x, the quotient q = x / -1 is equal to x (and r = 0). If the divisor is a constant expression, it must not be zero. If the divisor is zero at run time, a run-time error occurs. If the dividend is non-negative and the divisor is a constant power of 2, the division may be replaced by a right shift, and computing the remainder may be replaced by a bitwise AND operation The shift operators shift the left operand by the shift count specified by the right operand. They implement arithmetic shifts if the left operand is a signed integer and logical shifts if it is an unsigned integer. There is no upper limit on the shift count. Shifts behave as if the left operand is shifted n times by 1 for a shift count of n. As a result, x << 1 is the same as x*2 and x >> 1 is the same as x/2 but truncated towards negative infinity. For integer operands, the unary operators +, -, and ^ are defined as follows For floating-point and complex numbers, +x is the same as x, while -x is the negation of x. The result of a floating-point or complex division by zero is not specified beyond the IEEE-754 standard; whether a run-time error occurs is implementation-specific. Whenever any operand of any arithmetic operation, unary or binary, is NULL, as well as in the case of the string concatenating operation, the result is NULL. For unsigned integer values, the operations +, -, *, and << are computed modulo 2n, where n is the bit width of the unsigned integer's type. Loosely speaking, these unsigned integer operations discard high bits upon overflow, and expressions may rely on “wrap around”. For signed integers with a finite bit width, the operations +, -, *, and << may legally overflow and the resulting value exists and is deterministically defined by the signed integer representation, the operation, and its operands. No exception is raised as a result of overflow. An evaluator may not optimize an expression under the assumption that overflow does not occur. For instance, it may not assume that x < x + 1 is always true. Integers of type bigint and rationals do not overflow but their handling is limited by the memory resources available to the program. Comparison operators compare two operands and yield a boolean value. In any comparison, the first operand must be of same type as is the second operand, or vice versa. The equality operators == and != apply to operands that are comparable. The ordering operators <, <=, >, and >= apply to operands that are ordered. These terms and the result of the comparisons are defined as follows - Boolean values are comparable. Two boolean values are equal if they are either both true or both false. - Complex values are comparable. Two complex values u and v are equal if both real(u) == real(v) and imag(u) == imag(v). - Integer values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. Note that durations are integers. - Floating point values are comparable and ordered, as defined by the IEEE-754 standard. - Rational values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. - String and Blob values are comparable and ordered, lexically byte-wise. - Time values are comparable and ordered. Whenever any operand of any comparison operation is NULL, the result is NULL. Note that slices are always of type string. Logical operators apply to boolean values and yield a boolean result. The right operand is evaluated conditionally. The truth tables for logical operations with NULL values Conversions are expressions of the form T(x) where T is a type and x is an expression that can be converted to type T. A constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x is representable by a value of type T. - x is a floating-point constant, T is a floating-point type, and x is representable by a value of type T after rounding using IEEE 754 round-to-even rules. The constant T(x) is the rounded value. - x is an integer constant and T is a string type. The same rule as for non-constant x applies in this case. Converting a constant yields a typed constant as result. A non-constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x has type T. - x's type and T are both integer or floating point types. - x's type and T are both complex types. - x is an integer, except bigint or duration, and T is a string type. Specific rules apply to (non-constant) conversions between numeric types or to and from a string type. These conversions may change the representation of x and incur a run-time cost. All other conversions only change the type but not the representation of x. A conversion of NULL to any type yields NULL. For the conversion of non-constant numeric values, the following rules apply 1. When converting between integer types, if the value is a signed integer, it is sign extended to implicit infinite precision; otherwise it is zero extended. It is then truncated to fit in the result type's size. For example, if v == uint16(0x10F0), then uint32(int8(v)) == 0xFFFFFFF0. The conversion always yields a valid value; there is no indication of overflow. 2. When converting a floating-point number to an integer, the fraction is discarded (truncation towards zero). 3. When converting an integer or floating-point number to a floating-point type, or a complex number to another complex type, the result value is rounded to the precision specified by the destination type. For instance, the value of a variable x of type float32 may be stored using additional precision beyond that of an IEEE-754 32-bit number, but float32(x) represents the result of rounding x's value to 32-bit precision. Similarly, x + 0.1 may use more than 32 bits of precision, but float32(x + 0.1) does not. In all non-constant conversions involving floating-point or complex values, if the result type cannot represent the value the conversion succeeds but the result value is implementation-dependent. 1. Converting a signed or unsigned integer value to a string type yields a string containing the UTF-8 representation of the integer. Values outside the range of valid Unicode code points are converted to "\uFFFD". 2. Converting a blob to a string type yields a string whose successive bytes are the elements of the blob. 3. Converting a value of a string type to a blob yields a blob whose successive elements are the bytes of the string. 4. Converting a value of a bigint type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the integer. 5. Converting a value of a string type to a bigint yields a bigint value containing the integer represented by the string value. A prefix of “0x” or “0X” selects base 16; the “0” prefix selects base 8, and a “0b” or “0B” prefix selects base 2. Otherwise the value is interpreted in base 10. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 6. Converting a value of a rational type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the rational in the form "a/b" (even if b == 1). 7. Converting a value of a string type to a bigrat yields a bigrat value containing the rational represented by the string value. The string can be given as a fraction "a/b" or as a floating-point number optionally followed by an exponent. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 8. Converting a value of a duration type to a string returns a string representing the duration in the form "72h3m0.5s". Leading zero units are omitted. As a special case, durations less than one second format using a smaller unit (milli-, micro-, or nanoseconds) to ensure that the leading digit is non-zero. The zero duration formats as 0, with no unit. 9. Converting a string value to a duration yields a duration represented by the string. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". 10. Converting a time value to a string returns the time formatted using the format string When evaluating the operands of an expression or of function calls, operations are evaluated in lexical left-to-right order. For example, in the evaluation of the function calls and evaluation of c happen in the order h(), i(), j(), c. Floating-point operations within a single expression are evaluated according to the associativity of the operators. Explicit parentheses affect the evaluation by overriding the default associativity. In the expression x + (y + z) the addition y + z is performed before adding x. Statements control execution. The empty statement does nothing. Alter table statements modify existing tables. With the ADD clause it adds a new column to the table. The column must not exist. With the DROP clause it removes an existing column from a table. The column must exist and it must be not the only (last) column of the table. IOW, there cannot be a table with no columns. For example When adding a column to a table with existing data, the constraint clause of the ColumnDef cannot be used. Adding a constrained column to an empty table is fine. Begin transactions statements introduce a new transaction level. Every transaction level must be eventually balanced by exactly one of COMMIT or ROLLBACK statements. Note that when a transaction is roll-backed because of a statement failure then no explicit balancing of the respective BEGIN TRANSACTION is statement is required nor permitted. Failure to properly balance any opened transaction level may cause dead locks and/or lose of data updated in the uppermost opened but never properly closed transaction level. For example A database cannot be updated (mutated) outside of a transaction. Statements requiring a transaction A database is effectively read only outside of a transaction. Statements not requiring a transaction The commit statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level. If that's the outermost level then the updates to the DB made by the transaction are atomically made persistent. For example Create index statements create new indices. Index is a named projection of ordered values of a table column to the respective records. As a special case the id() of the record can be indexed. Index name must not be the same as any of the existing tables and it also cannot be the same as of any column name of the table the index is on. For example Now certain SELECT statements may use the indices to speed up joins and/or to speed up record set filtering when the WHERE clause is used; or the indices might be used to improve the performance when the ORDER BY clause is present. The UNIQUE modifier requires the indexed values tuple to be index-wise unique or have all values NULL. The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index already exists. A simple index consists of only one expression which must be either a column name or the built-in id(). A more complex and more general index is one that consists of more than one expression or its single expression does not qualify as a simple index. In this case the type of all expressions in the list must be one of the non blob-like types. Note: Blob-like types are blob, bigint, bigrat, time and duration. Create table statements create new tables. A column definition declares the column name and type. Table names and column names are case sensitive. Neither a table or an index of the same name may exist in the DB. For example The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table already exists. The optional constraint clause has two forms. The first one is found in many SQL dialects. This form prevents the data in column DepartmentName to be NULL. The second form allows an arbitrary boolean expression to be used to validate the column. If the value of the expression is true then the validation succeeded. If the value of the expression is false or NULL then the validation fails. If the value of the expression is not of type bool an error occurs. The optional DEFAULT clause is an expression which, if present, is substituted instead of a NULL value when the colum is assigned a value. Note that the constraint and/or default expressions may refer to other columns by name: When a table row is inserted by the INSERT INTO statement or when a table row is updated by the UPDATE statement, the order of operations is as follows: 1. The new values of the affected columns are set and the values of all the row columns become the named values which can be referred to in default expressions evaluated in step 2. 2. If any row column value is NULL and the DEFAULT clause is present in the column's definition, the default expression is evaluated and its value is set as the respective column value. 3. The values, potentially updated, of row columns become the named values which can be referred to in constraint expressions evaluated during step 4. 4. All row columns which definition has the constraint clause present will have that constraint checked. If any constraint violation is detected, the overall operation fails and no changes to the table are made. Delete from statements remove rows from a table, which must exist. For example If the WHERE clause is not present then all rows are removed and the statement is equivalent to the TRUNCATE TABLE statement. Drop index statements remove indices from the DB. The index must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index does not exist. Drop table statements remove tables from the DB. The table must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table does not exist. Insert into statements insert new rows into tables. New rows come from literal data, if using the VALUES clause, or are a result of select statement. In the later case the select statement is fully evaluated before the insertion of any rows is performed, allowing to insert values calculated from the same table rows are to be inserted into. If the ColumnNameList part is omitted then the number of values inserted in the row must be the same as are columns in the table. If the ColumnNameList part is present then the number of values per row must be same as the same number of column names. All other columns of the record are set to NULL. The type of the value assigned to a column must be the same as is the column's type or the value must be NULL. For example If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. Explain statement produces a recordset consisting of lines of text which describe the execution plan of a statement, if any. For example, the QL tool treats the explain statement specially and outputs the joined lines: The explanation may aid in uderstanding how a statement/query would be executed and if indices are used as expected - or which indices may possibly improve the statement performance. The create index statements above were directly copy/pasted in the terminal from the suggestions provided by the filter recordset pipeline part returned by the explain statement. If the statement has nothing special in its plan, the result is the original statement. To get an explanation of the select statement of the IN predicate, use the EXPLAIN statement with that particular select statement. The rollback statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level discarding any updates to the DB made by it. If that's the outermost level then the effects on the DB are as if the transaction never happened. For example The (temporary) record set from the last statement is returned and can be processed by the client. In this case the rollback is the same as 'DROP TABLE tmp;' but it can be a more complex operation. Select from statements produce recordsets. The optional DISTINCT modifier ensures all rows in the result recordset are unique. Either all of the resulting fields are returned ('*') or only those named in FieldList. RecordSetList is a list of table names or parenthesized select statements, optionally (re)named using the AS clause. The result can be filtered using a WhereClause and orderd by the OrderBy clause. For example If Recordset is a nested, parenthesized SelectStmt then it must be given a name using the AS clause if its field are to be accessible in expressions. A field is an named expression. Identifiers, not used as a type in conversion or a function name in the Call clause, denote names of (other) fields, values of which should be used in the expression. The expression can be named using the AS clause. If the AS clause is not present and the expression consists solely of a field name, then that field name is used as the name of the resulting field. Otherwise the field is unnamed. For example The SELECT statement can optionally enumerate the desired/resulting fields in a list. No two identical field names can appear in the list. When more than one record set is used in the FROM clause record set list, the result record set field names are rewritten to be qualified using the record set names. If a particular record set doesn't have a name, its respective fields became unnamed. The optional JOIN clause, for example is mostly equal to except that the rows from a which, when they appear in the cross join, never made expr to evaluate to true, are combined with a virtual row from b, containing all nulls, and added to the result set. For the RIGHT JOIN variant the discussed rules are used for rows from b not satisfying expr == true and the virtual, all-null row "comes" from a. The FULL JOIN adds the respective rows which would be otherwise provided by the separate executions of the LEFT JOIN and RIGHT JOIN variants. For more thorough OUTER JOIN discussion please see the Wikipedia article at [10]. Resultins rows of a SELECT statement can be optionally ordered by the ORDER BY clause. Collating proceeds by considering the expressions in the expression list left to right until a collating order is determined. Any possibly remaining expressions are not evaluated. All of the expression values must yield an ordered type or NULL. Ordered types are defined in "Comparison operators". Collating of elements having a NULL value is different compared to what the comparison operators yield in expression evaluation (NULL result instead of a boolean value). Below, T denotes a non NULL value of any QL type. NULL collates before any non NULL value (is considered smaller than T). Two NULLs have no collating order (are considered equal). The WHERE clause restricts records considered by some statements, like SELECT FROM, DELETE FROM, or UPDATE. It is an error if the expression evaluates to a non null value of non bool type. Another form of the WHERE clause is an existence predicate of a parenthesized select statement. The EXISTS form evaluates to true if the parenthesized SELECT statement produces a non empty record set. The NOT EXISTS form evaluates to true if the parenthesized SELECT statement produces an empty record set. The parenthesized SELECT statement is evaluated only once (TODO issue #159). The GROUP BY clause is used to project rows having common values into a smaller set of rows. For example Using the GROUP BY without any aggregate functions in the selected fields is in certain cases equal to using the DISTINCT modifier. The last two examples above produce the same resultsets. The optional OFFSET clause allows to ignore first N records. For example The above will produce only rows 11, 12, ... of the record set, if they exist. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The optional LIMIT clause allows to ignore all but first N records. For example The above will return at most the first 10 records of the record set. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The LIMIT and OFFSET clauses can be combined. For example Considering table t has, say 10 records, the above will produce only records 4 - 8. After returning record #8, no more result rows/records are computed. 1. The FROM clause is evaluated, producing a Cartesian product of its source record sets (tables or nested SELECT statements). 2. If present, the JOIN cluase is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation and the recordset specified by the JOIN clause. (... JOIN Recordset ON ...) 3. If present, the WHERE clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation. 4. If present, the GROUP BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 5. The SELECT field expressions are evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 6. If present, the DISTINCT modifier is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 7. If present, the ORDER BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 8. If present, the OFFSET clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The offset expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. 9. If present, the LIMIT clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The limit expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. Truncate table statements remove all records from a table. The table must exist. For example Update statements change values of fields in rows of a table. For example Note: The SET clause is optional. If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. To allow to query for DB meta data, there exist specially named tables, some of them being virtual. Note: Virtual system tables may have fake table-wise unique but meaningless and unstable record IDs. Do not apply the built-in id() to any system table. The table __Table lists all tables in the DB. The schema is The Schema column returns the statement to (re)create table Name. This table is virtual. The table __Colum lists all columns of all tables in the DB. The schema is The Ordinal column defines the 1-based index of the column in the record. This table is virtual. The table __Colum2 lists all columns of all tables in the DB which have the constraint NOT NULL or which have a constraint expression defined or which have a default expression defined. The schema is It's possible to obtain a consolidated recordset for all properties of all DB columns using The Name column is the column name in TableName. The table __Index lists all indices in the DB. The schema is The IsUnique columns reflects if the index was created using the optional UNIQUE clause. This table is virtual. Built-in functions are predeclared. The built-in aggregate function avg returns the average of values of an expression. Avg ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if avg is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function contains returns true if substr is within s. If any argument to contains is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function count returns how many times an expression has a non NULL values or the number of rows in a record set. Note: count() returns 0 for an empty record set. For example Date returns the time corresponding to in the appropriate zone for that time in the given location. The month, day, hour, min, sec, and nsec values may be outside their usual ranges and will be normalized during the conversion. For example, October 32 converts to November 1. A daylight savings time transition skips or repeats times. For example, in the United States, March 13, 2011 2:15am never occurred, while November 6, 2011 1:15am occurred twice. In such cases, the choice of time zone, and therefore the time, is not well-defined. Date returns a time that is correct in one of the two zones involved in the transition, but it does not guarantee which. A location maps time instants to the zone in use at that time. Typically, the location represents the collection of time offsets in use in a geographical area, such as "CEST" and "CET" for central Europe. "local" represents the system's local time zone. "UTC" represents Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). The month specifies a month of the year (January = 1, ...). If any argument to date is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function day returns the day of the month specified by t. If the argument to day is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function formatTime returns a textual representation of the time value formatted according to layout, which defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be displayed if it were the value; it serves as an example of the desired output. The same display rules will then be applied to the time value. If any argument to formatTime is NULL the result is NULL. NOTE: The string value of the time zone, like "CET" or "ACDT", is dependent on the time zone of the machine the function is run on. For example, if the t value is in "CET", but the machine is in "ACDT", instead of "CET" the result is "+0100". This is the same what Go (time.Time).String() returns and in fact formatTime directly calls t.String(). returns on a machine in the CET time zone, but may return on a machine in the ACDT zone. The time value is in both cases the same so its ordering and comparing is correct. Only the display value can differ. The built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt format numbers to strings using go's number format functions in the `strconv` package. For all three functions, only the first argument is mandatory. The default values of the rest are shown in the examples. If the first argument is NULL, the result is NULL. returns returns returns Unlike the `strconv` equivalent, the formatInt function handles all integer types, both signed and unsigned. The built-in function hasPrefix tests whether the string s begins with prefix. If any argument to hasPrefix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hasSuffix tests whether the string s ends with suffix. If any argument to hasSuffix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hour returns the hour within the day specified by t, in the range [0, 23]. If the argument to hour is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hours returns the duration as a floating point number of hours. If the argument to hours is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function id takes zero or one arguments. If no argument is provided, id() returns a table-unique automatically assigned numeric identifier of type int. Ids of deleted records are not reused unless the DB becomes completely empty (has no tables). For example If id() without arguments is called for a row which is not a table record then the result value is NULL. For example If id() has one argument it must be a table name of a table in a cross join. For example The built-in function len takes a string argument and returns the lentgh of the string in bytes. The expression len(s) is constant if s is a string constant. If the argument to len is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function max returns the largest value of an expression in a record set. Max ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if max is applied to an empty record set. The expression values must be of an ordered type. For example The built-in aggregate function min returns the smallest value of an expression in a record set. Min ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if min is applied to an empty record set. For example The column values must be of an ordered type. The built-in function minute returns the minute offset within the hour specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to minute is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function minutes returns the duration as a floating point number of minutes. If the argument to minutes is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function month returns the month of the year specified by t (January = 1, ...). If the argument to month is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanosecond returns the nanosecond offset within the second specified by t, in the range [0, 999999999]. If the argument to nanosecond is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanoseconds returns the duration as an integer nanosecond count. If the argument to nanoseconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function now returns the current local time. The built-in function parseTime parses a formatted string and returns the time value it represents. The layout defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be interpreted if it were the value; it serves as an example of the input format. The same interpretation will then be made to the input string. Elements omitted from the value are assumed to be zero or, when zero is impossible, one, so parsing "3:04pm" returns the time corresponding to Jan 1, year 0, 15:04:00 UTC (note that because the year is 0, this time is before the zero Time). Years must be in the range 0000..9999. The day of the week is checked for syntax but it is otherwise ignored. In the absence of a time zone indicator, parseTime returns a time in UTC. When parsing a time with a zone offset like -0700, if the offset corresponds to a time zone used by the current location, then parseTime uses that location and zone in the returned time. Otherwise it records the time as being in a fabricated location with time fixed at the given zone offset. When parsing a time with a zone abbreviation like MST, if the zone abbreviation has a defined offset in the current location, then that offset is used. The zone abbreviation "UTC" is recognized as UTC regardless of location. If the zone abbreviation is unknown, Parse records the time as being in a fabricated location with the given zone abbreviation and a zero offset. This choice means that such a time can be parses and reformatted with the same layout losslessly, but the exact instant used in the representation will differ by the actual zone offset. To avoid such problems, prefer time layouts that use a numeric zone offset. If any argument to parseTime is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function second returns the second offset within the minute specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to second is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function seconds returns the duration as a floating point number of seconds. If the argument to seconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function since returns the time elapsed since t. It is shorthand for now()-t. If the argument to since is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function sum returns the sum of values of an expression for all rows of a record set. Sum ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if sum is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function timeIn returns t with the location information set to loc. For discussion of the loc argument please see date(). If any argument to timeIn is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function weekday returns the day of the week specified by t. Sunday == 0, Monday == 1, ... If the argument to weekday is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function year returns the year in which t occurs. If the argument to year is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function yearDay returns the day of the year specified by t, in the range [1,365] for non-leap years, and [1,366] in leap years. If the argument to yearDay is NULL the result is NULL. Three functions assemble and disassemble complex numbers. The built-in function complex constructs a complex value from a floating-point real and imaginary part, while real and imag extract the real and imaginary parts of a complex value. The type of the arguments and return value correspond. For complex, the two arguments must be of the same floating-point type and the return type is the complex type with the corresponding floating-point constituents: complex64 for float32, complex128 for float64. The real and imag functions together form the inverse, so for a complex value z, z == complex(real(z), imag(z)). If the operands of these functions are all constants, the return value is a constant. If any argument to any of complex, real, imag functions is NULL the result is NULL. For the numeric types, the following sizes are guaranteed Portions of this specification page are modifications based on work[2] created and shared by Google[3] and used according to terms described in the Creative Commons 3.0 Attribution License[4]. This specification is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 License, and code is licensed under a BSD license[5]. Links from the above documentation This section is not part of the specification. WARNING: The implementation of indices is new and it surely needs more time to become mature. Indices are used currently used only by the WHERE clause. The following expression patterns of 'WHERE expression' are recognized and trigger index use. The relOp is one of the relation operators <, <=, ==, >=, >. For the equality operator both operands must be of comparable types. For all other operators both operands must be of ordered types. The constant expression is a compile time constant expression. Some constant folding is still a TODO. Parameter is a QL parameter ($1 etc.). Consider tables t and u, both with an indexed field f. The WHERE expression doesn't comply with the above simple detected cases. However, such query is now automatically rewritten to which will use both of the indices. The impact of using the indices can be substantial (cf. BenchmarkCrossJoin*) if the resulting rows have low "selectivity", ie. only few rows from both tables are selected by the respective WHERE filtering. Note: Existing QL DBs can be used and indices can be added to them. However, once any indices are present in the DB, the old QL versions cannot work with such DB anymore. Running a benchmark with -v (-test.v) outputs information about the scale used to report records/s and a brief description of the benchmark. For example Running the full suite of benchmarks takes a lot of time. Use the -timeout flag to avoid them being killed after the default time limit (10 minutes).

Package deque provides a fast ring-buffer deque (double-ended queue) implementation. Deque generalizes a queue and a stack, to efficiently add and remove items at either end with O(1) performance. Queue (FIFO) operations are supported using PushBack and PopFront. Stack (LIFO) operations are supported using PushBack and PopBack. The ring-buffer automatically resizes by powers of two, growing when additional capacity is needed and shrinking when only a quarter of the capacity is used, and uses bitwise arithmetic for all calculations. The ring-buffer implementation significantly improves memory and time performance with fewer GC pauses, compared to implementations based on slices and linked lists. For maximum speed, this deque implementation leaves concurrency safety up to the application to provide, however the application chooses, if needed at all. Since it is OK for the deque to contain the zero-value of an item, it is necessary to either panic or return a second boolean value to indicate the deque is empty, when reading or removing an element. This deque panics when reading from an empty deque. This is a run-time check to help catch programming errors, which may be missed if a second return value is ignored. Simply check Deque.Len() before reading from the deque. Deque uses generics to create a Deque that contains items of the type specified. To create a Deque that holds a specific type, provide a type argument to New or with the variable declaration.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

CBSD 3-Clause License Copyright (c) 2017-2022, Gerasimos (Makis) Maropoulos (kataras2006@hotmail.com) All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. /* Package golog provides an easy to use foundation for your logging operations. Source code and other details for the project are available at GitHub: 0.1.12 The only requirement is the Go Programming Language Example code: Golog has a default, package-level initialized instance for you, however you can choose to create and use a logger instance for a specific part of your application. Example Code: Golog sets colors to levels when its `Printer.Output` is actual a compatible terminal which can renders colors, otherwise it will downgrade itself to a white foreground. Golog has functions to print a formatted log too. Example Code: Golog takes a simple `io.Writer` as its underline Printer's Output. Example Code: You can even override the default line braker, "\n", by using the `golog#NewLine` function at startup. Example Code: Golog is a leveled logger, therefore you can set a level and print whenever the print level is valid with the set-ed one. Available built'n levels are: Below you'll learn a way to add a custom level or modify an existing level. The default colorful text(or raw text for unsupported outputs) for levels can be overridden by using the `golog#ErrorText, golog#WarnText, golog#InfoText and golog#DebugText` functions. Example Code: Golog gives you the power to add or modify existing levels is via Level Metadata. Example Code: The logger's level can be changed via passing one of the level constants to the `Level` field or by passing its string representation to the `SetLevel` function. Example Code: Transaction with your favorite, but deprecated logger is easy. Golog offers two basic interfaces, the `ExternalLogger` and the `StdLogger` that can be directly used as arguments to the `Install` function in order to adapt an external logger. Outline: Example Code: Example Code: But you should have a basic idea of the golog package by now, we just scratched the surface. If you enjoy what you just saw and want to learn more, please follow the below links: Examples:

Package queue provides a fast, ring-buffer queue based on the version suggested by Dariusz Górecki. Using this instead of other, simpler, queue implementations (slice+append or linked list) provides substantial memory and time benefits, and fewer GC pauses. The queue implemented here is as fast as it is for an additional reason: it is *not* thread-safe.

Command pigeon generates parsers in Go from a PEG grammar. From Wikipedia [0]: Its features and syntax are inspired by the PEG.js project [1], while the implementation is loosely based on [2]. Formal presentation of the PEG theory by Bryan Ford is also an important reference [3]. An introductory blog post can be found at [4]. The pigeon tool must be called with PEG input as defined by the accepted PEG syntax below. The grammar may be provided by a file or read from stdin. The generated parser is written to stdout by default. The following options can be specified: If the code blocks in the grammar (see below, section "Code block") are golint- and go vet-compliant, then the resulting generated code will also be golint- and go vet-compliant. The generated code doesn't use any third-party dependency unless code blocks in the grammar require such a dependency. The accepted syntax for the grammar is formally defined in the grammar/pigeon.peg file, using the PEG syntax. What follows is an informal description of this syntax. Identifiers, whitespace, comments and literals follow the same notation as the Go language, as defined in the language specification (http://golang.org/ref/spec#Source_code_representation): The grammar must be Unicode text encoded in UTF-8. New lines are identified by the \n character (U+000A). Space (U+0020), horizontal tabs (U+0009) and carriage returns (U+000D) are considered whitespace and are ignored except to separate tokens. A PEG grammar consists of a set of rules. A rule is an identifier followed by a rule definition operator and an expression. An optional display name - a string literal used in error messages instead of the rule identifier - can be specified after the rule identifier. E.g.: The rule definition operator can be any one of those: A rule is defined by an expression. The following sections describe the various expression types. Expressions can be grouped by using parentheses, and a rule can be referenced by its identifier in place of an expression. The choice expression is a list of expressions that will be tested in the order they are defined. The first one that matches will be used. Expressions are separated by the forward slash character "/". E.g.: Because the first match is used, it is important to think about the order of expressions. For example, in this rule, "<=" would never be used because the "<" expression comes first: The sequence expression is a list of expressions that must all match in that same order for the sequence expression to be considered a match. Expressions are separated by whitespace. E.g.: A labeled expression consists of an identifier followed by a colon ":" and an expression. A labeled expression introduces a variable named with the label that can be referenced in the code blocks in the same scope. The variable will have the value of the expression that follows the colon. E.g.: The variable is typed as an empty interface, and the underlying type depends on the following: For terminals (character and string literals, character classes and the any matcher), the value is []byte. E.g.: For predicates (& and !), the value is always nil. E.g.: For a sequence, the value is a slice of empty interfaces, one for each expression value in the sequence. The underlying types of each value in the slice follow the same rules described here, recursively. E.g.: For a repetition (+ and *), the value is a slice of empty interfaces, one for each repetition. The underlying types of each value in the slice follow the same rules described here, recursively. E.g.: For a choice expression, the value is that of the matching choice. E.g.: For the optional expression (?), the value is nil or the value of the expression. E.g.: Of course, the type of the value can be anything once an action code block is used. E.g.: An expression prefixed with the ampersand "&" is the "and" predicate expression: it is considered a match if the following expression is a match, but it does not consume any input. An expression prefixed with the exclamation point "!" is the "not" predicate expression: it is considered a match if the following expression is not a match, but it does not consume any input. E.g.: The expression following the & and ! operators can be a code block. In that case, the code block must return a bool and an error. The operator's semantic is the same, & is a match if the code block returns true, ! is a match if the code block returns false. The code block has access to any labeled value defined in its scope. E.g.: An expression followed by "*", "?" or "+" is a match if the expression occurs zero or more times ("*"), zero or one time "?" or one or more times ("+") respectively. The match is greedy, it will match as many times as possible. E.g. A literal matcher tries to match the input against a single character or a string literal. The literal may be a single-quoted single character, a double-quoted string or a backtick-quoted raw string. The same rules as in Go apply regarding the allowed characters and escapes. The literal may be followed by a lowercase "i" (outside the ending quote) to indicate that the match is case-insensitive. E.g.: A character class matcher tries to match the input against a class of characters inside square brackets "[...]". Inside the brackets, characters represent themselves and the same escapes as in string literals are available, except that the single- and double-quote escape is not valid, instead the closing square bracket "]" must be escaped to be used. Character ranges can be specified using the "[a-z]" notation. Unicode classes can be specified using the "[\pL]" notation, where L is a single-letter Unicode class of characters, or using the "[\p{Class}]" notation where Class is a valid Unicode class (e.g. "Latin"). As for string literals, a lowercase "i" may follow the matcher (outside the ending square bracket) to indicate that the match is case-insensitive. A "^" as first character inside the square brackets indicates that the match is inverted (it is a match if the input does not match the character class matcher). E.g.: The any matcher is represented by the dot ".". It matches any character except the end of file, thus the "!." expression is used to indicate "match the end of file". E.g.: Code blocks can be added to generate custom Go code. There are three kinds of code blocks: the initializer, the action and the predicate. All code blocks appear inside curly braces "{...}". The initializer must appear first in the grammar, before any rule. It is copied as-is (minus the wrapping curly braces) at the top of the generated parser. It may contain function declarations, types, variables, etc. just like any Go file. Every symbol declared here will be available to all other code blocks. Although the initializer is optional in a valid grammar, it is usually required to generate a valid Go source code file (for the package clause). E.g.: Action code blocks are code blocks declared after an expression in a rule. Those code blocks are turned into a method on the "*current" type in the generated source code. The method receives any labeled expression's value as argument (as any) and must return two values, the first being the value of the expression (an any), and the second an error. If a non-nil error is returned, it is added to the list of errors that the parser will return. E.g.: Predicate code blocks are code blocks declared immediately after the and "&" or the not "!" operators. Like action code blocks, predicate code blocks are turned into a method on the "*current" type in the generated source code. The method receives any labeled expression's value as argument (as any) and must return two opt, the first being a bool and the second an error. If a non-nil error is returned, it is added to the list of errors that the parser will return. E.g.: State change code blocks are code blocks starting with "#". In contrast to action and predicate code blocks, state change code blocks are allowed to modify values in the global "state" store (see below). State change code blocks are turned into a method on the "*current" type in the generated source code. The method is passed any labeled expression's value as an argument (of type any) and must return a value of type error. If a non-nil error is returned, it is added to the list of errors that the parser will return, note that the parser does NOT backtrack if a non-nil error is returned. E.g: The "*current" type is a struct that provides four useful fields that can be accessed in action, state change, and predicate code blocks: "pos", "text", "state" and "globalStore". The "pos" field indicates the current position of the parser in the source input. It is itself a struct with three fields: "line", "col" and "offset". Line is a 1-based line number, col is a 1-based column number that counts runes from the start of the line, and offset is a 0-based byte offset. The "text" field is the slice of bytes of the current match. It is empty in a predicate code block. The "state" field is a global store, with backtrack support, of type "map[string]any". The values in the store are tied to the parser's backtracking, in particular if a rule fails to match then all updates to the state that occurred in the process of matching the rule are rolled back. For a key-value store that is not tied to the parser's backtracking, see the "globalStore". The values in the "state" store are available for read access in action and predicate code blocks, any changes made to the "state" store will be reverted once the action or predicate code block is finished running. To update values in the "state" use state change code blocks ("#{}"). IMPORTANT: The "globalStore" field is a global store of type "map[string]any", which allows to store arbitrary values, which are available in action and predicate code blocks for read as well as write access. It is important to notice, that the global store is completely independent from the backtrack mechanism of PEG and is therefore not set back to its old state during backtrack. The initialization of the global store may be achieved by using the GlobalStore function (http://godoc.org/github.com/mna/pigeon/test/predicates#GlobalStore). Be aware, that all keys starting with "_pigeon" are reserved for internal use of pigeon and should not be used nor modified. Those keys are treated as internal implementation details and therefore there are no guarantees given in regards of API stability. With options -support-left-recursion pigeon supports left recursion. E.g.: Supports indirect recursion: The implementation is based on the [Left-recursive PEG Grammars][9] article that links to [Left Recursion in Parsing Expression Grammars][10] and [Packrat Parsers Can Support Left Recursion][11] papers. References: pigeon supports an extension of the classical PEG syntax called failure labels, proposed by Maidl et al. in their paper "Error Reporting in Parsing Expression Grammars" [7]. The used syntax for the introduced expressions is borrowed from their lpeglabel [8] implementation. This extension allows to signal different kinds of errors and to specify, which recovery pattern should handle a given label. With labeled failures it is possible to distinguish between an ordinary failure and an error. Usually, an ordinary failure is produced when the matching of a character fails, and this failure is caught by ordered choice. An error (a non-ordinary failure), by its turn, is produced by the throw operator and may be caught by the recovery operator. In pigeon, the recovery expression consists of the regular expression, the recovery expression and a set of labels to be matched. First, the regular expression is tried. If this fails with one of the provided labels, the recovery expression is tried. If this fails as well, the error is propagated. E.g.: To signal a failure condition, the throw expression is used. E.g.: For concrete examples, how to use throw and recover, have a look at the examples "labeled_failures" and "thrownrecover" in the "test" folder. The implementation of the throw and recover operators work as follows: The failure recover expression adds the recover expression for every failure label to the recovery stack and runs the regular expression. The throw expression checks the recovery stack in reversed order for the provided failure label. If the label is found, the respective recovery expression is run. If this expression is successful, the parser continues the processing of the input. If the recovery expression is not successful, the parsing fails and the parser starts to backtrack. If throw and recover expressions are used together with global state, it is the responsibility of the author of the grammar to reset the global state to a valid state during the recovery operation. The parser generated by pigeon exports a few symbols so that it can be used as a package with public functions to parse input text. The exported API is: See the godoc page of the generated parser for the test/predicates grammar for an example documentation page of the exported API: http://godoc.org/github.com/mna/pigeon/test/predicates. Like the grammar used to generate the parser, the input text must be UTF-8-encoded Unicode. The start rule of the parser is the first rule in the PEG grammar used to generate the parser. A call to any of the Parse* functions returns the value generated by executing the grammar on the provided input text, and an optional error. Typically, the grammar should generate some kind of abstract syntax tree (AST), but for simple grammars it may evaluate the result immediately, such as in the examples/calculator example. There are no constraints imposed on the author of the grammar, it can return whatever is needed. When the parser returns a non-nil error, the error is always of type errList, which is defined as a slice of errors ([]error). Each error in the list is of type *parserError. This is a struct that has an "Inner" field that can be used to access the original error. So if a code block returns some well-known error like: The original error can be accessed this way: By default the parser will continue after an error is returned and will cumulate all errors found during parsing. If the grammar reaches a point where it shouldn't continue, a panic statement can be used to terminate parsing. The panic will be caught at the top-level of the Parse* call and will be converted into a *parserError like any error, and an errList will still be returned to the caller. The divide by zero error in the examples/calculator grammar leverages this feature (no special code is needed to handle division by zero, if it happens, the runtime panics and it is recovered and returned as a parsing error). Providing good error reporting in a parser is not a trivial task. Part of it is provided by the pigeon tool, by offering features such as filename, position, expected literals and rule name in the error message, but an important part of good error reporting needs to be done by the grammar author. For example, many programming languages use double-quotes for string literals. Usually, if the opening quote is found, the closing quote is expected, and if none is found, there won't be any other rule that will match, there's no need to backtrack and try other choices, an error should be added to the list and the match should be consumed. In order to do this, the grammar can look something like this: This is just one example, but it illustrates the idea that error reporting needs to be thought out when designing the grammar. Because the above mentioned error types (errList and parserError) are not exported, additional steps have to be taken, ff the generated parser is used as library package in other packages (e.g. if the same parser is used in multiple command line tools). One possible implementation for exported errors (based on interfaces) and customized error reporting (caret style formatting of the position, where the parsing failed) is available in the json example and its command line tool: http://godoc.org/github.com/mna/pigeon/examples/json Generated parsers have user-provided code mixed with pigeon code in the same package, so there is no package boundary in the resulting code to prevent access to unexported symbols. What is meant to be implementation details in pigeon is also available to user code - which doesn't mean it should be used. For this reason, it is important to precisely define what is intended to be the supported API of pigeon, the parts that will be stable in future versions. The "stability" of the version 1.0 API attempts to make a similar guarantee as the Go 1 compatibility [5]. The following lists what part of the current pigeon code falls under that guarantee (features may be added in the future): The pigeon command-line flags and arguments: those will not be removed and will maintain the same semantics. The explicitly exported API generated by pigeon. See [6] for the documentation of this API on a generated parser. The PEG syntax, as documented above. The code blocks (except the initializer) will always be generated as methods on the *current type, and this type is guaranteed to have the fields pos (type position) and text (type []byte). There are no guarantees on other fields and methods of this type. The position type will always have the fields line, col and offset, all defined as int. There are no guarantees on other fields and methods of this type. The type of the error value returned by the Parse* functions, when not nil, will always be errList defined as a []error. There are no guarantees on methods of this type, other than the fact it implements the error interface. Individual errors in the errList will always be of type *parserError, and this type is guaranteed to have an Inner field that contains the original error value. There are no guarantees on other fields and methods of this type. The above guarantee is given to the version 1.0 (https://github.com/mna/pigeon/releases/tag/v1.0.0) of pigeon, which has entered maintenance mode (bug fixes only). The current master branch includes the development toward a future version 2.0, which intends to further improve pigeon. While the given API stability should be maintained as far as it makes sense, breaking changes may be necessary to be able to improve pigeon. The new version 2.0 API has not yet stabilized and therefore changes to the API may occur at any time. References:

Package gamelift provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon GameLift. Amazon GameLift provides solutions for hosting session-based multiplayer game servers in the cloud, including tools for deploying, operating, and scaling game servers. Built on Amazon Web Services global computing infrastructure, GameLift helps you deliver high-performance, high-reliability, low-cost game servers while dynamically scaling your resource usage to meet player demand. Get more information on these Amazon GameLift solutions in the Amazon GameLift Developer Guide. Amazon GameLift managed hosting -- Amazon GameLift offers a fully managed service to set up and maintain computing machines for hosting, manage game session and player session life cycle, and handle security, storage, and performance tracking. You can use automatic scaling tools to balance player demand and hosting costs, configure your game session management to minimize player latency, and add FlexMatch for matchmaking. Managed hosting with Realtime Servers -- With Amazon GameLift Realtime Servers, you can quickly configure and set up ready-to-go game servers for your game. Realtime Servers provides a game server framework with core Amazon GameLift infrastructure already built in. Then use the full range of Amazon GameLift managed hosting features, including FlexMatch, for your game. Amazon GameLift FleetIQ -- Use Amazon GameLift FleetIQ as a standalone service while hosting your games using EC2 instances and Auto Scaling groups. Amazon GameLift FleetIQ provides optimizations for game hosting, including boosting the viability of low-cost Spot Instances gaming. For a complete solution, pair the Amazon GameLift FleetIQ and FlexMatch standalone services. Amazon GameLift FlexMatch -- Add matchmaking to your game hosting solution. FlexMatch is a customizable matchmaking service for multiplayer games. Use FlexMatch as integrated with Amazon GameLift managed hosting or incorporate FlexMatch as a standalone service into your own hosting solution. This reference guide describes the low-level service API for Amazon GameLift. With each topic in this guide, you can find links to language-specific SDK guides and the Amazon Web Services CLI reference. Useful links: Amazon GameLift API operations listed by tasks Amazon GameLift tools and resources

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: Dedicated endpoints are the endpoint templates defined by the service for a specific realm at client level. OCI Go SDK allows you to enable the use of these realm-specific endpoint templates feature at application level and at client level. The value set at client level takes precedence over the value set at the application level. This feature is disabled by default. For reference, please refer https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go#L222-L251 The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. You can also enable logs by code. For example This way you enable debug logs by code. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment variable, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default As a result of the SDK treating responses with a non-2xx HTTP status code as an error, the SDK will produce an error on 3xx responses. This can impact operations which support conditional GETs, such as GetObject() and HeadObject() methods as these can return responses with an HTTP status code of 304 if passed an 'IfNoneMatch' that corresponds to the current etag of the object / bucket. In order to account for this, you should check for status code 304 when an error is produced. For example: The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: In order to use a custom CA bundle, you can set the environment variable OCI_DEFAULT_CERTS_PATH to point to the path of custom CA Bundle you want the OCI GO SDK to use while making API calls to the OCI services If you additionally want to set custom leaf/client certs, then you can use the the environment variables OCI_DEFAULT_CLIENT_CERTS_PATH and OCI_DEFAULT_CLIENT_CERTS_PRIVATE_KEY_PATH to set the path of the custom client/leaf cert and the private key respectively. The default refresh interval for custom CA bundle or client certs is 30 minutes. If you want to modify this, then you can configure the refresh interval in minutes by using either the Global property OciGlobalRefreshIntervalForCustomCerts defined in the common package or set the environment variable OCI_DEFAULT_REFRESH_INTERVAL_FOR_CUSTOM_CERTS to set it instead. Please note, that the property OciGlobalRefreshIntervalForCustomCerts has a higher precedence than the environment variable OCI_DEFAULT_REFRESH_INTERVAL_FOR_CUSTOM_CERTS. If this value is negative, then it would be assumed that it is unset. If it is set to 0, then the SDK would disable the custom ca bundle and client cert refresh Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package rtnetlink allows the kernel's routing tables to be read and altered. Network routes, IP addresses, Link parameters, Neighbor setups, Queueing disciplines, Traffic classes and Packet classifiers may all be controlled. It is based on netlink messages. A convenient, high-level API wrapper is available using package rtnl: https://godoc.org/github.com/jsimonetti/rtnetlink/rtnl. The base rtnetlink library xplicitly only exposes a limited low-level API to rtnetlink. It is not the intention (nor wish) to create an iproute2 replacement. When in doubt about your message structure it can always be useful to look at the message send by iproute2 using 'strace -f -esendmsg' or similar. Another (and possibly even more flexible) way would be using 'nlmon' and wireshark. nlmod is a special kernel module which allows you to capture all (not just rtnetlink) netlink traffic inside the kernel. Be aware that this might be overwhelming on a system with a lot of netlink traffic. At this point use wireshark or tcpdump on the nlmon0 interface to view all netlink traffic. Have a look at the examples for common uses of rtnetlink. Add IP address '127.0.0.2/8' to an interface 'lo' Add a route Delete IP address '127.0.0.2/8' from interface 'lo' List all IPv4 addresses configured on interface 'lo' List all interfaces List all neighbors on interface 'lo' List all rules Set the operational state an interface to Down Set the hw address of an interface Set the operational state an interface to Up

Goversion scans a directory tree and, for every executable it finds, prints the Go version used to build that executable. Usage: The list of paths can be individual files or directories; if the latter, goversion scans all files in the directory tree, not following symlinks. Goversion scans inside of tar or gzipped tar archives that it finds (named *.tar, *.tar.gz, or *.tgz), but not recursively. The -crypto flag causes goversion to print additional information about the crypto libraries linked into each executable. The -m flag causes goversion to print the list of modules found in the executable, along with version information. The -mh flag causes goversion to print the list of modules found in the executable, along with version and hash information. The -v flag causes goversion to print information about every file it considers. Scan /usr/bin for Go binaries and print their versions:

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package ora implements an Oracle database driver. ### Golang Oracle Database Driver ### #### TL;DR; just use it #### Call stored procedure with OUT parameters: An Oracle database may be accessed through the database/sql(http://golang.org/pkg/database/sql) package or through the ora package directly. database/sql offers connection pooling, thread safety, a consistent API to multiple database technologies and a common set of Go types. The ora package offers additional features including pointers, slices, nullable types, numerics of various sizes, Oracle-specific types, Go return type configuration, and Oracle abstractions such as environment, server and session. The ora package is written with the Oracle Call Interface (OCI) C-language libraries provided by Oracle. The OCI libraries are a standard for client application communication and driver communication with Oracle databases. The ora package has been verified to work with: * Oracle Standard 11g (11.2.0.4.0), Linux x86_64 (RHEL6) * Oracle Enterprise 12c (12.1.0.1.0), Windows 8.1 and AMD64. --- * [Installation](https://github.com/rana/ora#installation) * [Data Types](https://github.com/rana/ora#data-types) * [SQL Placeholder Syntax](https://github.com/rana/ora#sql-placeholder-syntax) * [Working With The Sql Package](https://github.com/rana/ora#working-with-the-sql-package) * [Working With The Oracle Package Directly](https://github.com/rana/ora#working-with-the-oracle-package-directly) * [Logging](https://github.com/rana/ora#logging) * [Test Database Setup](https://github.com/rana/ora#test-database-setup) * [Limitations](https://github.com/rana/ora#limitations) * [License](https://github.com/rana/ora#license) * [API Reference](http://godoc.org/github.com/rana/ora#pkg-index) * [Examples](./examples) --- Minimum requirements are Go 1.3 with CGO enabled, a GCC C compiler, and Oracle 11g (11.2.0.4.0) or Oracle Instant Client (11.2.0.4.0). Install Oracle or Oracle Instant Client. Copy the [oci8.pc](contrib/oci8.pc) from the `contrib` folder (or the one for your system, maybe tailored to your specific locations) to a folder in `$PKG_CONFIG_PATH` or a system folder, such as The ora package has no external Go dependencies and is available on GitHub and gopkg.in: *WARNING*: If you have Oracle Instant Client 11.2, you'll need to add "=lnnz11" to the list of linked libs! Otherwise, you may encounter "undefined reference to `nzosSCSP_SetCertSelectionParams' " errors. Oracle Instant Client 12.1 does not need this. The ora package supports all built-in Oracle data types. The supported Oracle built-in data types are NUMBER, BINARY_DOUBLE, BINARY_FLOAT, FLOAT, DATE, TIMESTAMP, TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE, TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE, INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH, INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND, CHAR, NCHAR, VARCHAR, VARCHAR2, NVARCHAR2, LONG, CLOB, NCLOB, BLOB, LONG RAW, RAW, ROWID and BFILE. SYS_REFCURSOR is also supported. Oracle does not provide a built-in boolean type. Oracle provides a single-byte character type. A common practice is to define two single-byte characters which represent true and false. The ora package adopts this approach. The oracle package associates a Go bool value to a Go rune and sends and receives the rune to a CHAR(1 BYTE) column or CHAR(1 CHAR) column. The default false rune is zero '0'. The default true rune is one '1'. The bool rune association may be configured or disabled when directly using the ora package but not with the database/sql package. Within a SQL string a placeholder may be specified to indicate where a Go variable is placed. The SQL placeholder is an Oracle identifier, from 1 to 30 characters, prefixed with a colon (:). For example: Placeholders within a SQL statement are bound by position. The actual name is not used by the ora package driver e.g., placeholder names :c1, :1, or :xyz are treated equally. The `database/sql` package provides a LastInsertId method to return the last inserted row's id. Oracle does not provide such functionality, but if you append `... RETURNING col /*LastInsertId*/` to your SQL, then it will be presented as LastInsertId. Note that you have to mark with a `/*LastInsertId*/` (case insensitive) your `RETURNING` part, to allow ora to return the last column as `LastInsertId()`. That column must fit in `int64`, though! You may access an Oracle database through the database/sql package. The database/sql package offers a consistent API across different databases, connection pooling, thread safety and a set of common Go types. database/sql makes working with Oracle straight-forward. The ora package implements interfaces in the database/sql/driver package enabling database/sql to communicate with an Oracle database. Using database/sql ensures you never have to call the ora package directly. When using database/sql, the mapping between Go types and Oracle types may be changed slightly. The database/sql package has strict expectations on Go return types. The Go-to-Oracle type mapping for database/sql is: The "ora" driver is automatically registered for use with sql.Open, but you can call ora.SetCfg to set the used configuration options including statement configuration and Rset configuration. When configuring the driver for use with database/sql, keep in mind that database/sql has strict Go type-to-Oracle type mapping expectations. The ora package allows programming with pointers, slices, nullable types, numerics of various sizes, Oracle-specific types, Go return type configuration, and Oracle abstractions such as environment, server and session. When working with the ora package directly, the API is slightly different than database/sql. When using the ora package directly, the mapping between Go types and Oracle types may be changed. The Go-to-Oracle type mapping for the ora package is: An example of using the ora package directly: Pointers may be used to capture out-bound values from a SQL statement such as an insert or stored procedure call. For example, a numeric pointer captures an identity value: A string pointer captures an out parameter from a stored procedure: Slices may be used to insert multiple records with a single insert statement: The ora package provides nullable Go types to support DML operations such as insert and select. The nullable Go types provided by the ora package are Int64, Int32, Int16, Int8, Uint64, Uint32, Uint16, Uint8, Float64, Float32, Time, IntervalYM, IntervalDS, String, Bool, Binary and Bfile. For example, you may insert nullable Strings and select nullable Strings: The `Stmt.Prep` method is variadic accepting zero or more `GoColumnType` which define a Go return type for a select-list column. For example, a Prep call can be configured to return an int64 and a nullable Int64 from the same column: Go numerics of various sizes are supported in DML operations. The ora package supports int64, int32, int16, int8, uint64, uint32, uint16, uint8, float64 and float32. For example, you may insert a uint16 and select numerics of various sizes: If a non-nullable type is defined for a nullable column returning null, the Go type's zero value is returned. GoColumnTypes defined by the ora package are: When Stmt.Prep doesn't receive a GoColumnType, or receives an incorrect GoColumnType, the default value defined in RsetCfg is used. EnvCfg, SrvCfg, SesCfg, StmtCfg and RsetCfg are the main configuration structs. EnvCfg configures aspects of an Env. SrvCfg configures aspects of a Srv. SesCfg configures aspects of a Ses. StmtCfg configures aspects of a Stmt. RsetCfg configures aspects of Rset. StmtCfg and RsetCfg have the most options to configure. RsetCfg defines the default mapping between an Oracle select-list column and a Go type. StmtCfg may be set in an EnvCfg, SrvCfg, SesCfg and StmtCfg. RsetCfg may be set in a Stmt. EnvCfg.StmtCfg, SrvCfg.StmtCfg, SesCfg.StmtCfg may optionally be specified to configure a statement. If StmtCfg isn't specified default values are applied. EnvCfg.StmtCfg, SrvCfg.StmtCfg, SesCfg.StmtCfg cascade to new descendent structs. When ora.OpenEnv() is called a specified EnvCfg is used or a default EnvCfg is created. Creating a Srv with env.OpenSrv() will use SrvCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, EnvCfg.StmtCfg is copied by value to SrvCfg.StmtCfg. Creating a Ses with srv.OpenSes() will use SesCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, SrvCfg.StmtCfg is copied by value to SesCfg.StmtCfg. Creating a Stmt with ses.Prep() will use SesCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, a new StmtCfg with default values is set on the Stmt. Call Stmt.Cfg() to change a Stmt's configuration. An Env may contain multiple Srv. A Srv may contain multiple Ses. A Ses may contain multiple Stmt. A Stmt may contain multiple Rset. Setting a RsetCfg on a StmtCfg does not cascade through descendent structs. Configuration of Stmt.Cfg takes effect prior to calls to Stmt.Exe and Stmt.Qry; consequently, any updates to Stmt.Cfg after a call to Stmt.Exe or Stmt.Qry are not observed. One configuration scenario may be to set a server's select statements to return nullable Go types by default: Another scenario may be to configure the runes mapped to bool values: Oracle-specific types offered by the ora package are ora.Rset, ora.IntervalYM, ora.IntervalDS, ora.Raw, ora.Lob and ora.Bfile. ora.Rset represents an Oracle SYS_REFCURSOR. ora.IntervalYM represents an Oracle INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH. ora.IntervalDS represents an Oracle INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND. ora.Raw represents an Oracle RAW or LONG RAW. ora.Lob may represent an Oracle BLOB or Oracle CLOB. And ora.Bfile represents an Oracle BFILE. ROWID columns are returned as strings and don't have a unique Go type. #### LOBs The default for SELECTing [BC]LOB columns is a safe Bin or S, which means all the contents of the LOB is slurped into memory and returned as a []byte or string. The DefaultLOBFetchLen says LOBs are prefetched only a minimal way, to minimize extra memory usage - you can override this using `stmt.SetCfg(stmt.Cfg().SetLOBFetchLen(100))`. If you want more control, you can use ora.L in Prep, Qry or `ses.SetCfg(ses.Cfg().SetBlob(ora.L))`. But keep in mind that Oracle restricts the use of LOBs: it is forbidden to do ANYTHING while reading the LOB! No another query, no exec, no close of the Rset - even *advance* to the next record in the result set is forbidden! Failing to adhere these rules results in "Invalid handle" and ORA-03127 errors. You cannot start reading another LOB till you haven't finished reading the previous LOB, not even in the same row! Failing this results in ORA-24804! For examples, see [z_lob_test.go](z_lob_test.go). #### Rset Rset is used to obtain Go values from a SQL select statement. Methods Rset.Next, Rset.NextRow, and Rset.Len are available. Fields Rset.Row, Rset.Err, Rset.Index, and Rset.ColumnNames are also available. The Next method attempts to load data from an Oracle buffer into Row, returning true when successful. When no data is available, or if an error occurs, Next returns false setting Row to nil. Any error in Next is assigned to Err. Calling Next increments Index and method Len returns the total number of rows processed. The NextRow method is convenient for returning a single row. NextRow calls Next and returns Row. ColumnNames returns the names of columns defined by the SQL select statement. Rset has two usages. Rset may be returned from Stmt.Qry when prepared with a SQL select statement: Or, *Rset may be passed to Stmt.Exe when prepared with a stored procedure accepting an OUT SYS_REFCURSOR parameter: Stored procedures with multiple OUT SYS_REFCURSOR parameters enable a single Exe call to obtain multiple Rsets: The types of values assigned to Row may be configured in StmtCfg.Rset. For configuration to take effect, assign StmtCfg.Rset prior to calling Stmt.Qry or Stmt.Exe. Rset prefetching may be controlled by StmtCfg.PrefetchRowCount and StmtCfg.PrefetchMemorySize. PrefetchRowCount works in coordination with PrefetchMemorySize. When PrefetchRowCount is set to zero only PrefetchMemorySize is used; otherwise, the minimum of PrefetchRowCount and PrefetchMemorySize is used. The default uses a PrefetchMemorySize of 134MB. Opening and closing Rsets is managed internally. Rset does not have an Open method or Close method. IntervalYM may be be inserted and selected: IntervalDS may be be inserted and selected: Transactions on an Oracle server are supported. DML statements auto-commit unless a transaction has started: Ses.PrepAndExe, Ses.PrepAndQry, Ses.Ins, Ses.Upd, and Ses.Sel are convenient one-line methods. Ses.PrepAndExe offers a convenient one-line call to Ses.Prep and Stmt.Exe. Ses.PrepAndQry offers a convenient one-line call to Ses.Prep and Stmt.Qry. Ses.Ins composes, prepares and executes a sql INSERT statement. Ses.Ins is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple INSERT statement with a long list of columns. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Ins is easy to read and revise. Ses.Upd composes, prepares and executes a sql UPDATE statement. Ses.Upd is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple UPDATE statement with a long list of columns. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Upd is easy to read and revise. Ses.Sel composes, prepares and queries a sql SELECT statement. Ses.Sel is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple SELECT statement with a long list of columns that have non-default GoColumnTypes. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Sel is easy to read and revise. The Ses.Ping method checks whether the client's connection to an Oracle server is valid. A call to Ping requires an open Ses. Ping will return a nil error when the connection is fine: The Srv.Version method is available to obtain the Oracle server version. A call to Version requires an open Ses: Further code examples are available in the [example file](https://github.com/rana/ora/blob/master/z_example_test.go), test files and [samples folder](https://github.com/rana/ora/tree/master/samples). The ora package provides a simple ora.Logger interface for logging. Logging is disabled by default. Specify one of three optional built-in logging packages to enable logging; or, use your own logging package. ora.Cfg().Log offers various options to enable or disable logging of specific ora driver methods. For example: To use the standard Go log package: which produces a sample log of: Messages are prefixed with 'ORA I' for information or 'ORA E' for an error. The log package is configured to write to os.Stderr by default. Use the ora/lg.Std type to configure an alternative io.Writer. To use the glog package: which produces a sample log of: To use the log15 package: which produces a sample log of: See https://github.com/rana/ora/tree/master/samples/lg15/main.go for sample code which uses the log15 package. Tests are available and require some setup. Setup varies depending on whether the Oracle server is configured as a container database or non-container database. It's simpler to setup a non-container database. An example for each setup is explained. Non-container test database setup steps: Container test database setup steps: Some helpful SQL maintenance statements: Run the tests. database/sql method Stmt.QueryRow is not supported. Go 1.6 introduced stricter cgo (call C from Go) rules, and introduced runtime checks. This is good, as the possibility of C code corrupting Go code is almost completely eliminated, but it also means a severe call overhead grow. [Sometimes](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/golang-nuts/ccMkPG6Bi5k) this can be 22x the go 1.5.3 call time! So if you need performance more than correctness, start your programs with "GODEBUG=cgocheck=0" environment setting. Copyright 2017 Rana Ian, Tamás Gulácsi. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by The MIT License found in the accompanying LICENSE file.

Package gomarkdoc formats documentation for one or more packages as markdown for usage outside of the main https://pkg.go.dev site. It supports custom templates for tweaking representation of documentation at fine-grained levels, exporting both exported and unexported symbols, and custom formatters for different backends. If you want to use this package as a command-line tool, you can install the command by running the following on go 1.16+: For older versions of go, you can install using the following method instead: The command line tool supports configuration for all of the features of the importable package: The gomarkdoc command processes each of the provided packages, generating documentation for the package in markdown format and writing it to console. For example, if you have a package in your current directory and want to send it to a documentation markdown file, you might do something like this: The gomarkdoc tool supports generating documentation for both local packages and remote ones. To specify a local package, start the name of the package with a period (.) or specify an absolute path on the filesystem. All other package signifiers are assumed to be remote packages. You may specify both local and remote packages in the same command invocation as separate arguments. If you have a project with many packages but you want to skip documentation generation for some, you can use the --exclude-dirs option. This will remove any matching directories from the list of directories to process. Excluded directories are specified using the same pathing syntax as the packages to process. Multiple expressions may be comma-separated or specified by using the --exclude-dirs flag multiple times. For example, in this repository we generate documentation for the entire project while excluding our test packages by running: By default, the documentation generated by the gomarkdoc command is sent to standard output, where it can be redirected to a file. This can be useful if you want to perform additional modifications to the documentation or send it somewhere other than a file. However, keep in mind that there are some inconsistencies in how various shells/platforms handle redirected command output (for example, Powershell encodes in UTF-16, not UTF-8). As a result, the --output option described below is recommended for most use cases. If you want to redirect output for each processed package to a file, you can provide the --output/-o option, which accepts a template specifying how to generate the path of the output file. A common usage of this option is when generating README documentation for a package with subpackages (which are supported via the ... signifier as in other parts of the golang toolchain). In addition, this option provides consistent behavior across platforms and shells: You can see all of the data available to the output template in the PackageSpec struct in the github.com/princjef/gomarkdoc/cmd/gomarkdoc package. The documentation information that is output is formatted using a series of text templates for the various components of the overall documentation which get generated. Higher level templates contain lower level templates, but any template may be replaced with an override template using the --template/-t option. The full list of templates that may be overridden are: file: generates documentation for a file containing one or more packages, depending on how the tool is configured. This is the root template for documentation generation. package: generates documentation for an entire package. type: generates documentation for a single type declaration, as well as any related functions/methods. func: generates documentation for a single function or method. It may be referenced from within a type, or directly in the package, depending on nesting. value: generates documentation for a single variable or constant declaration block within a package. index: generates an index of symbols within a package, similar to what is seen for godoc.org. The index links to types, funcs, variables, and constants generated by other templates, so it may need to be overridden as well if any of those templates are changed in a material way. example: generates documentation for a single example for a package or one of its symbols. The example is generated alongside whichever symbol it represents, based on the standard naming conventions outlined in https://blog.golang.org/examples#TOC_4. doc: generates the freeform documentation block for any of the above structures that can contain a documentation section. import: generates the import code used to pull in a package. Overriding with the --template-file option uses a key-value pair mapping a template name to the file containing the contents of the override template to use. Specified template files must exist: As with the godoc tool itself, only exported symbols will be shown in documentation. This can be expanded to include all symbols in a package by adding the --include-unexported/-u flag. If you want to blend the documentation generated by gomarkdoc with your own hand-written markdown, you can use the --embed/-e flag to change the gomarkdoc tool into an append/embed mode. When documentation is generated, gomarkdoc looks for a file in the location where the documentation is to be written and embeds the documentation if present. Otherwise, the documentation is appended to the end of the file. When running with embed mode enabled, gomarkdoc will look for either this single comment: Or the following pair of comments (in which case all content in between is replaced): If you would like to include files that are part of a build tag, you can specify build tags with the --tags flag. Tags are also supported through GOFLAGS, though command line and configuration file definitions override tags specified through GOFLAGS. You can also run gomarkdoc in a verification mode with the --check/-c flag. This is particularly useful for continuous integration when you want to make sure that a commit correctly updated the generated documentation. This flag is only supported when the --output/-o flag is specified, as the file provided there is what the tool is checking: If you're experiencing difficulty with gomarkdoc or just want to get more information about how it's executing underneath, you can add -v to show more logs. This can be chained a second time to show even more verbose logs: Some features of gomarkdoc rely on being able to detect information from the git repository containing the project. Since individual local git repositories may be configured differently from person to person, you may want to manually specify the information for the repository to remove any inconsistencies. This can be achieved with the --repository.url, --repository.default-branch and --repository.path options. For example, this repository would be configured with: If you want to reuse configuration options across multiple invocations, you can specify a file in the folder where you invoke gomarkdoc containing configuration information that you would otherwise provide on the command line. This file may be a JSON, TOML, YAML, HCL, env, or Java properties file, but the name is expected to start with .gomarkdoc (e.g. .gomarkdoc.yml). All configuration options are available with the camel-cased form of their long name (e.g. --include-unexported becomes includeUnexported). Template overrides are specified as a map, rather than a set of key-value pairs separated by =. Options provided on the command line override those provided in the configuration file if an option is present in both. While most users will find the command line utility sufficient for their needs, this package may also be used programmatically by installing it directly, rather than its command subpackage. The programmatic usage provides more flexibility when selecting what packages to work with and what components to generate documentation for. A common usage will look something like this: This project uses itself to generate the README files in github.com/princjef/gomarkdoc and its subdirectories. To see the commands that are run to generate documentation for this repository, take a look at the Doc() and DocVerify() functions in magefile.go and the .gomarkdoc.yml file in the root of this repository. To run these commands in your own project, simply replace `go run ./cmd/gomarkdoc` with `gomarkdoc`. Know of another project that is using gomarkdoc? Open an issue with a description of the project and link to the repository and it might be featured here!

Goversion scans a directory tree and, for every executable it finds, prints the Go version used to build that executable. Usage: The list of paths can be individual files or directories; if the latter, goversion scans all files in the directory tree, not following symlinks. Goversion scans inside of tar or gzipped tar archives that it finds (named *.tar, *.tar.gz, or *.tgz), but not recursively. The -crypto flag causes goversion to print additional information about the crypto libraries linked into each executable. The -m flag causes goversion to print the list of modules found in the executable, along with version information. The -mh flag causes goversion to print the list of modules found in the executable, along with version and hash information. The -v flag causes goversion to print information about every file it considers. Scan /usr/bin for Go binaries and print their versions:

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configuratoins. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package chime provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon Chime. recommend using the latest versions in the Amazon Chime SDK API reference, in the Amazon Chime SDK. Using the latest versions requires migrating to dedicated namespaces. For more information, refer to Migrating from the Amazon Chime namespacein the Amazon Chime SDK Developer Guide. The Amazon Chime application programming interface (API) is designed so administrators can perform key tasks, such as creating and managing Amazon Chime accounts, users, and Voice Connectors. This guide provides detailed information about the Amazon Chime API, including operations, types, inputs and outputs, and error codes. You can use an AWS SDK, the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), or the REST API to make API calls for Amazon Chime. We recommend using an AWS SDK or the AWS CLI. The page for each API action contains a See Also section that includes links to information about using the action with a language-specific AWS SDK or the AWS CLI. Using an AWS SDK You don't need to write code to calculate a signature for request authentication. The SDK clients authenticate your requests by using access keys that you provide. For more information about AWS SDKs, see the AWS Developer Center. Using the AWS CLI Use your access keys with the AWS CLI to make API calls. For information about setting up the AWS CLI, see Installing the AWS Command Line Interfacein the AWS Command Line Interface User Guide. For a list of available Amazon Chime commands, see the Amazon Chime commandsin the AWS CLI Command Reference. Using REST APIs If you use REST to make API calls, you must authenticate your request by providing a signature. Amazon Chime supports Signature Version 4. For more information, see Signature Version 4 Signing Processin the Amazon Web Services General Reference. When making REST API calls, use the service name chime and REST endpoint https://service.chime.aws.amazon.com . Administrative permissions are controlled using AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM). For more information, see Identity and Access Management for Amazon Chimein the Amazon Chime Administration Guide.

Package goreadme generates readme markdown file from go doc. The package can be used as a command line tool and as Github action, described below: Github actions can be configured to update the README file automatically every time it is needed. Below there is an example that on every time a new change is pushed to the main branch, the action is trigerred, generates a new README file, and if there is a change - commits and pushes it to the main branch. In pull requests that affect the README content, if the `GITHUB_TOKEN` is given, the action will post a comment on the pull request with changes that will be made to the README file. To use this with Github actions, add the following content to `.github/workflows/goreadme.yml`. See ./action.yml for all available input options. Use as a command line tool Both Go doc and readme files are important. Go doc to be used by your user's library, and README file to welcome users to use your library. They share common content, which is usually duplicated from the doc to the readme or vice versa once the library is ready. The problem is that keeping documentation updated is important, and hard enough - keeping both updated is twice as hard. The formatting of the README.md is done by the go doc parser. This makes the result README.md a bit more limited. Currently, `goreadme` supports the formatting as explained in (godoc page) https://blog.golang.org/godoc-documenting-go-code, or (here) https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/fluhus/godoc-tricks. Meaning: * A header is a single line that is separated from a paragraph above. * Code block is recognized by indentation as Go code. * Inline code is marked with `backticks`. * URLs will just automatically be converted to links: https://github.com/posener/goreadme Additionally, the syntax was extended to include some more markdown features while keeping the Go doc readable: * Bulleted and numbered lists are possible when each bullet item is followed by an empty line. * Diff blocks are automatically detected when each line in a code block starts with a `' '`, `'-'` or `'+'`: * A repository file can be linked when providing a path that start with `./`: ./goreadme.go. * A link can have a link text by prefixing it with parenthesised text: (goreadme page) https://github.com/posener/goreadme. * A link to repository file and can have a link text: (goreadme main file) ./goreamde.go. * An image can be added by prefixing a link to an image with `(image/<image title>)`: (image/title of image) https://github.githubassets.com/images/icons/emoji/unicode/1f44c.png The goreadme tests the test cases in the ./testdata directory. It generates readme files for all the packages in that directory and asserts that the result readme matches the existing one. When modifying goreadme behavior, there is no need to manually change these readme files. It is possible to run `WRITE_READMES=1 go test ./...` which regenerates them and check the changes match the expected (optionally using `git diff`).

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package ql implements a pure Go embedded SQL database engine. Builder results available at QL is a member of the SQL family of languages. It is less complex and less powerful than SQL (whichever specification SQL is considered to be). 2020-12-10: sql/database driver now supports url parameter removeemptywal=N which has the same semantics as passing RemoveEmptyWAL = N != 0 to OpenFile options. 2020-11-09: Add IF NOT EXISTS support for the INSERT INTO statement. Add IsDuplicateUniqueIndexError function. 2018-11-04: Back end file format V2 is now released. To use the new format for newly created databases set the FileFormat field in *Options passed to OpenFile to value 2 or use the driver named "ql2" instead of "ql". - Both the old and new driver will properly open and use, read and write the old (V1) or new file (V2) format of an existing database. - V1 format has a record size limit of ~64 kB. V2 format record size limit is math.MaxInt32. - V1 format uncommitted transaction size is limited by memory resources. V2 format uncommitted transaction is limited by free disk space. - A direct consequence of the previous is that small transactions perform better using V1 format and big transactions perform better using V2 format. - V2 format uses substantially less memory. 2018-08-02: Release v1.2.0 adds initial support for Go modules. 2017-01-10: Release v1.1.0 fixes some bugs and adds a configurable WAL headroom. 2016-07-29: Release v1.0.6 enables alternatively using = instead of == for equality operation. 2016-07-11: Release v1.0.5 undoes vendoring of lldb. QL now uses stable lldb (modernc.org/lldb). 2016-07-06: Release v1.0.4 fixes a panic when closing the WAL file. 2016-04-03: Release v1.0.3 fixes a data race. 2016-03-23: Release v1.0.2 vendors gitlab.com/cznic/exp/lldb and github.com/camlistore/go4/lock. 2016-03-17: Release v1.0.1 adjusts for latest goyacc. Parser error messages are improved and changed, but their exact form is not considered a API change. 2016-03-05: The current version has been tagged v1.0.0. 2015-06-15: To improve compatibility with other SQL implementations, the count built-in aggregate function now accepts * as its argument. 2015-05-29: The execution planner was rewritten from scratch. It should use indices in all places where they were used before plus in some additional situations. It is possible to investigate the plan using the newly added EXPLAIN statement. The QL tool is handy for such analysis. If the planner would have used an index, but no such exists, the plan includes hints in form of copy/paste ready CREATE INDEX statements. The planner is still quite simple and a lot of work on it is yet ahead. You can help this process by filling an issue with a schema and query which fails to use an index or indices when it should, in your opinion. Bonus points for including output of `ql 'explain <query>'`. 2015-05-09: The grammar of the CREATE INDEX statement now accepts an expression list instead of a single expression, which was further limited to just a column name or the built-in id(). As a side effect, composite indices are now functional. However, the values in the expression-list style index are not yet used by other statements or the statement/query planner. The composite index is useful while having UNIQUE clause to check for semantically duplicate rows before they get added to the table or when such a row is mutated using the UPDATE statement and the expression-list style index tuple of the row is thus recomputed. 2015-05-02: The Schema field of table __Table now correctly reflects any column constraints and/or defaults. Also, the (*DB).Info method now has that information provided in new ColumInfo fields NotNull, Constraint and Default. 2015-04-20: Added support for {LEFT,RIGHT,FULL} [OUTER] JOIN. 2015-04-18: Column definitions can now have constraints and defaults. Details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. 2015-03-06: New built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt. Thanks urandom! (https://github.com/urandom) 2015-02-16: IN predicate now accepts a SELECT statement. See the updated "Predicates" section. 2015-01-17: Logical operators || and && have now alternative spellings: OR and AND (case insensitive). AND was a keyword before, but OR is a new one. This can possibly break existing queries. For the record, it's a good idea to not use any name appearing in, for example, [7] in your queries as the list of QL's keywords may expand for gaining better compatibility with existing SQL "standards". 2015-01-12: ACID guarantees were tightened at the cost of performance in some cases. The write collecting window mechanism, a formerly used implementation detail, was removed. Inserting rows one by one in a transaction is now slow. I mean very slow. Try to avoid inserting single rows in a transaction. Instead, whenever possible, perform batch updates of tens to, say thousands of rows in a single transaction. See also: http://www.sqlite.org/faq.html#q19, the discussed synchronization principles involved are the same as for QL, modulo minor details. Note: A side effect is that closing a DB before exiting an application, both for the Go API and through database/sql driver, is no more required, strictly speaking. Beware that exiting an application while there is an open (uncommitted) transaction in progress means losing the transaction data. However, the DB will not become corrupted because of not closing it. Nor that was the case before, but formerly failing to close a DB could have resulted in losing the data of the last transaction. 2014-09-21: id() now optionally accepts a single argument - a table name. 2014-09-01: Added the DB.Flush() method and the LIKE pattern matching predicate. 2014-08-08: The built in functions max and min now accept also time values. Thanks opennota! (https://github.com/opennota) 2014-06-05: RecordSet interface extended by new methods FirstRow and Rows. 2014-06-02: Indices on id() are now used by SELECT statements. 2014-05-07: Introduction of Marshal, Schema, Unmarshal. 2014-04-15: Added optional IF NOT EXISTS clause to CREATE INDEX and optional IF EXISTS clause to DROP INDEX. 2014-04-12: The column Unique in the virtual table __Index was renamed to IsUnique because the old name is a keyword. Unfortunately, this is a breaking change, sorry. 2014-04-11: Introduction of LIMIT, OFFSET. 2014-04-10: Introduction of query rewriting. 2014-04-07: Introduction of indices. QL imports zappy[8], a block-based compressor, which speeds up its performance by using a C version of the compression/decompression algorithms. If a CGO-free (pure Go) version of QL, or an app using QL, is required, please include 'purego' in the -tags option of go {build,get,install}. For example: If zappy was installed before installing QL, it might be necessary to rebuild zappy first (or rebuild QL with all its dependencies using the -a option): The syntax is specified using Extended Backus-Naur Form (EBNF) Lower-case production names are used to identify lexical tokens. Non-terminals are in CamelCase. Lexical tokens are enclosed in double quotes "" or back quotes “. The form a … b represents the set of characters from a through b as alternatives. The horizontal ellipsis … is also used elsewhere in the spec to informally denote various enumerations or code snippets that are not further specified. QL source code is Unicode text encoded in UTF-8. The text is not canonicalized, so a single accented code point is distinct from the same character constructed from combining an accent and a letter; those are treated as two code points. For simplicity, this document will use the unqualified term character to refer to a Unicode code point in the source text. Each code point is distinct; for instance, upper and lower case letters are different characters. Implementation restriction: For compatibility with other tools, the parser may disallow the NUL character (U+0000) in the statement. Implementation restriction: A byte order mark is disallowed anywhere in QL statements. The following terms are used to denote specific character classes The underscore character _ (U+005F) is considered a letter. Lexical elements are comments, tokens, identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, integer, floating-point, imaginary, rune and string literals and QL parameters. Line comments start with the character sequence // or -- and stop at the end of the line. A line comment acts like a space. General comments start with the character sequence /* and continue through the character sequence */. A general comment acts like a space. Comments do not nest. Tokens form the vocabulary of QL. There are four classes: identifiers, keywords, operators and delimiters, and literals. White space, formed from spaces (U+0020), horizontal tabs (U+0009), carriage returns (U+000D), and newlines (U+000A), is ignored except as it separates tokens that would otherwise combine into a single token. The formal grammar uses semicolons ";" as separators of QL statements. A single QL statement or the last QL statement in a list of statements can have an optional semicolon terminator. (Actually a separator from the following empty statement.) Identifiers name entities such as tables or record set columns. There are two kinds of identifiers, normal idententifiers and quoted identifiers. An normal identifier is a sequence of one or more letters and digits. The first character in an identifier must be a letter. For example A quoted identifier is a string of any charaters between guillmets «». Quoted identifiers allow QL key words or phrases with spaces to be used as identifiers. The guillemets were chosen because QL already uses double quotes, single quotes, and backticks for other quoting purposes. «TRANSACTION» «duration» «lovely stories» No identifiers are predeclared, however note that no keyword can be used as a normal identifier. Identifiers starting with two underscores are used for meta data virtual tables names. For forward compatibility, users should generally avoid using any identifiers starting with two underscores. For example The following keywords are reserved and may not be used as identifiers. Keywords are not case sensitive. The following character sequences represent operators, delimiters, and other special tokens Operators consisting of more than one character are referred to by names in the rest of the documentation An integer literal is a sequence of digits representing an integer constant. An optional prefix sets a non-decimal base: 0 for octal, 0x or 0X for hexadecimal. In hexadecimal literals, letters a-f and A-F represent values 10 through 15. For example A floating-point literal is a decimal representation of a floating-point constant. It has an integer part, a decimal point, a fractional part, and an exponent part. The integer and fractional part comprise decimal digits; the exponent part is an e or E followed by an optionally signed decimal exponent. One of the integer part or the fractional part may be elided; one of the decimal point or the exponent may be elided. For example An imaginary literal is a decimal representation of the imaginary part of a complex constant. It consists of a floating-point literal or decimal integer followed by the lower-case letter i. For example A rune literal represents a rune constant, an integer value identifying a Unicode code point. A rune literal is expressed as one or more characters enclosed in single quotes. Within the quotes, any character may appear except single quote and newline. A single quoted character represents the Unicode value of the character itself, while multi-character sequences beginning with a backslash encode values in various formats. The simplest form represents the single character within the quotes; since QL statements are Unicode characters encoded in UTF-8, multiple UTF-8-encoded bytes may represent a single integer value. For instance, the literal 'a' holds a single byte representing a literal a, Unicode U+0061, value 0x61, while 'ä' holds two bytes (0xc3 0xa4) representing a literal a-dieresis, U+00E4, value 0xe4. Several backslash escapes allow arbitrary values to be encoded as ASCII text. There are four ways to represent the integer value as a numeric constant: \x followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits; \u followed by exactly four hexadecimal digits; \U followed by exactly eight hexadecimal digits, and a plain backslash \ followed by exactly three octal digits. In each case the value of the literal is the value represented by the digits in the corresponding base. Although these representations all result in an integer, they have different valid ranges. Octal escapes must represent a value between 0 and 255 inclusive. Hexadecimal escapes satisfy this condition by construction. The escapes \u and \U represent Unicode code points so within them some values are illegal, in particular those above 0x10FFFF and surrogate halves. After a backslash, certain single-character escapes represent special values All other sequences starting with a backslash are illegal inside rune literals. For example A string literal represents a string constant obtained from concatenating a sequence of characters. There are two forms: raw string literals and interpreted string literals. Raw string literals are character sequences between back quotes “. Within the quotes, any character is legal except back quote. The value of a raw string literal is the string composed of the uninterpreted (implicitly UTF-8-encoded) characters between the quotes; in particular, backslashes have no special meaning and the string may contain newlines. Carriage returns inside raw string literals are discarded from the raw string value. Interpreted string literals are character sequences between double quotes "". The text between the quotes, which may not contain newlines, forms the value of the literal, with backslash escapes interpreted as they are in rune literals (except that \' is illegal and \" is legal), with the same restrictions. The three-digit octal (\nnn) and two-digit hexadecimal (\xnn) escapes represent individual bytes of the resulting string; all other escapes represent the (possibly multi-byte) UTF-8 encoding of individual characters. Thus inside a string literal \377 and \xFF represent a single byte of value 0xFF=255, while ÿ, \u00FF, \U000000FF and \xc3\xbf represent the two bytes 0xc3 0xbf of the UTF-8 encoding of character U+00FF. For example These examples all represent the same string If the statement source represents a character as two code points, such as a combining form involving an accent and a letter, the result will be an error if placed in a rune literal (it is not a single code point), and will appear as two code points if placed in a string literal. Literals are assigned their values from the respective text representation at "compile" (parse) time. QL parameters provide the same functionality as literals, but their value is assigned at execution time from an expression list passed to DB.Run or DB.Execute. Using '?' or '$' is completely equivalent. For example Keywords 'false' and 'true' (not case sensitive) represent the two possible constant values of type bool (also not case sensitive). Keyword 'NULL' (not case sensitive) represents an untyped constant which is assignable to any type. NULL is distinct from any other value of any type. A type determines the set of values and operations specific to values of that type. A type is specified by a type name. Named instances of the boolean, numeric, and string types are keywords. The names are not case sensitive. Note: The blob type is exchanged between the back end and the API as []byte. On 32 bit platforms this limits the size which the implementation can handle to 2G. A boolean type represents the set of Boolean truth values denoted by the predeclared constants true and false. The predeclared boolean type is bool. A duration type represents the elapsed time between two instants as an int64 nanosecond count. The representation limits the largest representable duration to approximately 290 years. A numeric type represents sets of integer or floating-point values. The predeclared architecture-independent numeric types are The value of an n-bit integer is n bits wide and represented using two's complement arithmetic. Conversions are required when different numeric types are mixed in an expression or assignment. A string type represents the set of string values. A string value is a (possibly empty) sequence of bytes. The case insensitive keyword for the string type is 'string'. The length of a string (its size in bytes) can be discovered using the built-in function len. A time type represents an instant in time with nanosecond precision. Each time has associated with it a location, consulted when computing the presentation form of the time. The following functions are implicitly declared An expression specifies the computation of a value by applying operators and functions to operands. Operands denote the elementary values in an expression. An operand may be a literal, a (possibly qualified) identifier denoting a constant or a function or a table/record set column, or a parenthesized expression. A qualified identifier is an identifier qualified with a table/record set name prefix. For example Primary expression are the operands for unary and binary expressions. For example A primary expression of the form denotes the element of a string indexed by x. Its type is byte. The value x is called the index. The following rules apply - The index x must be of integer type except bigint or duration; it is in range if 0 <= x < len(s), otherwise it is out of range. - A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. - A constant index must be in range if the string a is a literal. - If x is out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. - s[x] is the byte at index x and the type of s[x] is byte. If s is NULL or x is NULL then the result is NULL. Otherwise s[x] is illegal. For a string, the primary expression constructs a substring. The indices low and high select which elements appear in the result. The result has indices starting at 0 and length equal to high - low. For convenience, any of the indices may be omitted. A missing low index defaults to zero; a missing high index defaults to the length of the sliced operand The indices low and high are in range if 0 <= low <= high <= len(a), otherwise they are out of range. A constant index must be non-negative and representable by a value of type int. If both indices are constant, they must satisfy low <= high. If the indices are out of range at run time, a run-time error occurs. Integer values of type bigint or duration cannot be used as indices. If s is NULL the result is NULL. If low or high is not omitted and is NULL then the result is NULL. Given an identifier f denoting a predeclared function, calls f with arguments a1, a2, … an. Arguments are evaluated before the function is called. The type of the expression is the result type of f. In a function call, the function value and arguments are evaluated in the usual order. After they are evaluated, the parameters of the call are passed by value to the function and the called function begins execution. The return value of the function is passed by value when the function returns. Calling an undefined function causes a compile-time error. Operators combine operands into expressions. Comparisons are discussed elsewhere. For other binary operators, the operand types must be identical unless the operation involves shifts or untyped constants. For operations involving constants only, see the section on constant expressions. Except for shift operations, if one operand is an untyped constant and the other operand is not, the constant is converted to the type of the other operand. The right operand in a shift expression must have unsigned integer type or be an untyped constant that can be converted to unsigned integer type. If the left operand of a non-constant shift expression is an untyped constant, the type of the constant is what it would be if the shift expression were replaced by its left operand alone. Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr2, a regular expression, matches expr1 (see also [6]). Both expression must be of type string. If any one of the expressions is NULL the result is NULL. Predicates are special form expressions having a boolean result type. Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be comparable as defined in "Comparison operators". Another form of the IN predicate creates the expression list from a result of a SelectStmt. The SelectStmt must select only one column. The produced expression list is resource limited by the memory available to the process. NULL values produced by the SelectStmt are ignored, but if all records of the SelectStmt are NULL the predicate yields NULL. The select statement is evaluated only once. If the type of expr is not the same as the type of the field returned by the SelectStmt then the set operation yields false. The type of the column returned by the SelectStmt must be one of the simple (non blob-like) types: Expressions of the form are equivalent, including NULL handling, to The types of involved expressions must be ordered as defined in "Comparison operators". Expressions of the form yield a boolean value true if expr does not have a specific type (case A) or if expr has a specific type (case B). In other cases the result is a boolean value false. Unary operators have the highest precedence. There are five precedence levels for binary operators. Multiplication operators bind strongest, followed by addition operators, comparison operators, && (logical AND), and finally || (logical OR) Binary operators of the same precedence associate from left to right. For instance, x / y * z is the same as (x / y) * z. Note that the operator precedence is reflected explicitly by the grammar. Arithmetic operators apply to numeric values and yield a result of the same type as the first operand. The four standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) apply to integer, rational, floating-point, and complex types; + also applies to strings; +,- also applies to times. All other arithmetic operators apply to integers only. sum integers, rationals, floats, complex values, strings difference integers, rationals, floats, complex values, times product integers, rationals, floats, complex values / quotient integers, rationals, floats, complex values % remainder integers & bitwise AND integers | bitwise OR integers ^ bitwise XOR integers &^ bit clear (AND NOT) integers << left shift integer << unsigned integer >> right shift integer >> unsigned integer Strings can be concatenated using the + operator String addition creates a new string by concatenating the operands. A value of type duration can be added to or subtracted from a value of type time. Times can subtracted from each other producing a value of type duration. For two integer values x and y, the integer quotient q = x / y and remainder r = x % y satisfy the following relationships with x / y truncated towards zero ("truncated division"). As an exception to this rule, if the dividend x is the most negative value for the int type of x, the quotient q = x / -1 is equal to x (and r = 0). If the divisor is a constant expression, it must not be zero. If the divisor is zero at run time, a run-time error occurs. If the dividend is non-negative and the divisor is a constant power of 2, the division may be replaced by a right shift, and computing the remainder may be replaced by a bitwise AND operation The shift operators shift the left operand by the shift count specified by the right operand. They implement arithmetic shifts if the left operand is a signed integer and logical shifts if it is an unsigned integer. There is no upper limit on the shift count. Shifts behave as if the left operand is shifted n times by 1 for a shift count of n. As a result, x << 1 is the same as x*2 and x >> 1 is the same as x/2 but truncated towards negative infinity. For integer operands, the unary operators +, -, and ^ are defined as follows For floating-point and complex numbers, +x is the same as x, while -x is the negation of x. The result of a floating-point or complex division by zero is not specified beyond the IEEE-754 standard; whether a run-time error occurs is implementation-specific. Whenever any operand of any arithmetic operation, unary or binary, is NULL, as well as in the case of the string concatenating operation, the result is NULL. For unsigned integer values, the operations +, -, *, and << are computed modulo 2n, where n is the bit width of the unsigned integer's type. Loosely speaking, these unsigned integer operations discard high bits upon overflow, and expressions may rely on “wrap around”. For signed integers with a finite bit width, the operations +, -, *, and << may legally overflow and the resulting value exists and is deterministically defined by the signed integer representation, the operation, and its operands. No exception is raised as a result of overflow. An evaluator may not optimize an expression under the assumption that overflow does not occur. For instance, it may not assume that x < x + 1 is always true. Integers of type bigint and rationals do not overflow but their handling is limited by the memory resources available to the program. Comparison operators compare two operands and yield a boolean value. In any comparison, the first operand must be of same type as is the second operand, or vice versa. The equality operators == and != apply to operands that are comparable. The ordering operators <, <=, >, and >= apply to operands that are ordered. These terms and the result of the comparisons are defined as follows - Boolean values are comparable. Two boolean values are equal if they are either both true or both false. - Complex values are comparable. Two complex values u and v are equal if both real(u) == real(v) and imag(u) == imag(v). - Integer values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. Note that durations are integers. - Floating point values are comparable and ordered, as defined by the IEEE-754 standard. - Rational values are comparable and ordered, in the usual way. - String and Blob values are comparable and ordered, lexically byte-wise. - Time values are comparable and ordered. Whenever any operand of any comparison operation is NULL, the result is NULL. Note that slices are always of type string. Logical operators apply to boolean values and yield a boolean result. The right operand is evaluated conditionally. The truth tables for logical operations with NULL values Conversions are expressions of the form T(x) where T is a type and x is an expression that can be converted to type T. A constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x is representable by a value of type T. - x is a floating-point constant, T is a floating-point type, and x is representable by a value of type T after rounding using IEEE 754 round-to-even rules. The constant T(x) is the rounded value. - x is an integer constant and T is a string type. The same rule as for non-constant x applies in this case. Converting a constant yields a typed constant as result. A non-constant value x can be converted to type T in any of these cases: - x has type T. - x's type and T are both integer or floating point types. - x's type and T are both complex types. - x is an integer, except bigint or duration, and T is a string type. Specific rules apply to (non-constant) conversions between numeric types or to and from a string type. These conversions may change the representation of x and incur a run-time cost. All other conversions only change the type but not the representation of x. A conversion of NULL to any type yields NULL. For the conversion of non-constant numeric values, the following rules apply 1. When converting between integer types, if the value is a signed integer, it is sign extended to implicit infinite precision; otherwise it is zero extended. It is then truncated to fit in the result type's size. For example, if v == uint16(0x10F0), then uint32(int8(v)) == 0xFFFFFFF0. The conversion always yields a valid value; there is no indication of overflow. 2. When converting a floating-point number to an integer, the fraction is discarded (truncation towards zero). 3. When converting an integer or floating-point number to a floating-point type, or a complex number to another complex type, the result value is rounded to the precision specified by the destination type. For instance, the value of a variable x of type float32 may be stored using additional precision beyond that of an IEEE-754 32-bit number, but float32(x) represents the result of rounding x's value to 32-bit precision. Similarly, x + 0.1 may use more than 32 bits of precision, but float32(x + 0.1) does not. In all non-constant conversions involving floating-point or complex values, if the result type cannot represent the value the conversion succeeds but the result value is implementation-dependent. 1. Converting a signed or unsigned integer value to a string type yields a string containing the UTF-8 representation of the integer. Values outside the range of valid Unicode code points are converted to "\uFFFD". 2. Converting a blob to a string type yields a string whose successive bytes are the elements of the blob. 3. Converting a value of a string type to a blob yields a blob whose successive elements are the bytes of the string. 4. Converting a value of a bigint type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the integer. 5. Converting a value of a string type to a bigint yields a bigint value containing the integer represented by the string value. A prefix of “0x” or “0X” selects base 16; the “0” prefix selects base 8, and a “0b” or “0B” prefix selects base 2. Otherwise the value is interpreted in base 10. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 6. Converting a value of a rational type to a string yields a string containing the decimal decimal representation of the rational in the form "a/b" (even if b == 1). 7. Converting a value of a string type to a bigrat yields a bigrat value containing the rational represented by the string value. The string can be given as a fraction "a/b" or as a floating-point number optionally followed by an exponent. An error occurs if the string value is not in any valid format. 8. Converting a value of a duration type to a string returns a string representing the duration in the form "72h3m0.5s". Leading zero units are omitted. As a special case, durations less than one second format using a smaller unit (milli-, micro-, or nanoseconds) to ensure that the leading digit is non-zero. The zero duration formats as 0, with no unit. 9. Converting a string value to a duration yields a duration represented by the string. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". 10. Converting a time value to a string returns the time formatted using the format string When evaluating the operands of an expression or of function calls, operations are evaluated in lexical left-to-right order. For example, in the evaluation of the function calls and evaluation of c happen in the order h(), i(), j(), c. Floating-point operations within a single expression are evaluated according to the associativity of the operators. Explicit parentheses affect the evaluation by overriding the default associativity. In the expression x + (y + z) the addition y + z is performed before adding x. Statements control execution. The empty statement does nothing. Alter table statements modify existing tables. With the ADD clause it adds a new column to the table. The column must not exist. With the DROP clause it removes an existing column from a table. The column must exist and it must be not the only (last) column of the table. IOW, there cannot be a table with no columns. For example When adding a column to a table with existing data, the constraint clause of the ColumnDef cannot be used. Adding a constrained column to an empty table is fine. Begin transactions statements introduce a new transaction level. Every transaction level must be eventually balanced by exactly one of COMMIT or ROLLBACK statements. Note that when a transaction is roll-backed because of a statement failure then no explicit balancing of the respective BEGIN TRANSACTION is statement is required nor permitted. Failure to properly balance any opened transaction level may cause dead locks and/or lose of data updated in the uppermost opened but never properly closed transaction level. For example A database cannot be updated (mutated) outside of a transaction. Statements requiring a transaction A database is effectively read only outside of a transaction. Statements not requiring a transaction The commit statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level. If that's the outermost level then the updates to the DB made by the transaction are atomically made persistent. For example Create index statements create new indices. Index is a named projection of ordered values of a table column to the respective records. As a special case the id() of the record can be indexed. Index name must not be the same as any of the existing tables and it also cannot be the same as of any column name of the table the index is on. For example Now certain SELECT statements may use the indices to speed up joins and/or to speed up record set filtering when the WHERE clause is used; or the indices might be used to improve the performance when the ORDER BY clause is present. The UNIQUE modifier requires the indexed values tuple to be index-wise unique or have all values NULL. The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index already exists. A simple index consists of only one expression which must be either a column name or the built-in id(). A more complex and more general index is one that consists of more than one expression or its single expression does not qualify as a simple index. In this case the type of all expressions in the list must be one of the non blob-like types. Note: Blob-like types are blob, bigint, bigrat, time and duration. Create table statements create new tables. A column definition declares the column name and type. Table names and column names are case sensitive. Neither a table or an index of the same name may exist in the DB. For example The optional IF NOT EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table already exists. The optional constraint clause has two forms. The first one is found in many SQL dialects. This form prevents the data in column DepartmentName to be NULL. The second form allows an arbitrary boolean expression to be used to validate the column. If the value of the expression is true then the validation succeeded. If the value of the expression is false or NULL then the validation fails. If the value of the expression is not of type bool an error occurs. The optional DEFAULT clause is an expression which, if present, is substituted instead of a NULL value when the colum is assigned a value. Note that the constraint and/or default expressions may refer to other columns by name: When a table row is inserted by the INSERT INTO statement or when a table row is updated by the UPDATE statement, the order of operations is as follows: 1. The new values of the affected columns are set and the values of all the row columns become the named values which can be referred to in default expressions evaluated in step 2. 2. If any row column value is NULL and the DEFAULT clause is present in the column's definition, the default expression is evaluated and its value is set as the respective column value. 3. The values, potentially updated, of row columns become the named values which can be referred to in constraint expressions evaluated during step 4. 4. All row columns which definition has the constraint clause present will have that constraint checked. If any constraint violation is detected, the overall operation fails and no changes to the table are made. Delete from statements remove rows from a table, which must exist. For example If the WHERE clause is not present then all rows are removed and the statement is equivalent to the TRUNCATE TABLE statement. Drop index statements remove indices from the DB. The index must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the index does not exist. Drop table statements remove tables from the DB. The table must exist. For example The optional IF EXISTS clause makes the statement a no operation if the table does not exist. Insert into statements insert new rows into tables. New rows come from literal data, if using the VALUES clause, or are a result of select statement. In the later case the select statement is fully evaluated before the insertion of any rows is performed, allowing to insert values calculated from the same table rows are to be inserted into. If the ColumnNameList part is omitted then the number of values inserted in the row must be the same as are columns in the table. If the ColumnNameList part is present then the number of values per row must be same as the same number of column names. All other columns of the record are set to NULL. The type of the value assigned to a column must be the same as is the column's type or the value must be NULL. If there exists an unique index that would make the insert statement fail, the optional IF NOT EXISTS turns the insert statement in such case into a no-op. For example If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. Explain statement produces a recordset consisting of lines of text which describe the execution plan of a statement, if any. For example, the QL tool treats the explain statement specially and outputs the joined lines: The explanation may aid in uderstanding how a statement/query would be executed and if indices are used as expected - or which indices may possibly improve the statement performance. The create index statements above were directly copy/pasted in the terminal from the suggestions provided by the filter recordset pipeline part returned by the explain statement. If the statement has nothing special in its plan, the result is the original statement. To get an explanation of the select statement of the IN predicate, use the EXPLAIN statement with that particular select statement. The rollback statement closes the innermost transaction nesting level discarding any updates to the DB made by it. If that's the outermost level then the effects on the DB are as if the transaction never happened. For example The (temporary) record set from the last statement is returned and can be processed by the client. In this case the rollback is the same as 'DROP TABLE tmp;' but it can be a more complex operation. Select from statements produce recordsets. The optional DISTINCT modifier ensures all rows in the result recordset are unique. Either all of the resulting fields are returned ('*') or only those named in FieldList. RecordSetList is a list of table names or parenthesized select statements, optionally (re)named using the AS clause. The result can be filtered using a WhereClause and orderd by the OrderBy clause. For example If Recordset is a nested, parenthesized SelectStmt then it must be given a name using the AS clause if its field are to be accessible in expressions. A field is an named expression. Identifiers, not used as a type in conversion or a function name in the Call clause, denote names of (other) fields, values of which should be used in the expression. The expression can be named using the AS clause. If the AS clause is not present and the expression consists solely of a field name, then that field name is used as the name of the resulting field. Otherwise the field is unnamed. For example The SELECT statement can optionally enumerate the desired/resulting fields in a list. No two identical field names can appear in the list. When more than one record set is used in the FROM clause record set list, the result record set field names are rewritten to be qualified using the record set names. If a particular record set doesn't have a name, its respective fields became unnamed. The optional JOIN clause, for example is mostly equal to except that the rows from a which, when they appear in the cross join, never made expr to evaluate to true, are combined with a virtual row from b, containing all nulls, and added to the result set. For the RIGHT JOIN variant the discussed rules are used for rows from b not satisfying expr == true and the virtual, all-null row "comes" from a. The FULL JOIN adds the respective rows which would be otherwise provided by the separate executions of the LEFT JOIN and RIGHT JOIN variants. For more thorough OUTER JOIN discussion please see the Wikipedia article at [10]. Resultins rows of a SELECT statement can be optionally ordered by the ORDER BY clause. Collating proceeds by considering the expressions in the expression list left to right until a collating order is determined. Any possibly remaining expressions are not evaluated. All of the expression values must yield an ordered type or NULL. Ordered types are defined in "Comparison operators". Collating of elements having a NULL value is different compared to what the comparison operators yield in expression evaluation (NULL result instead of a boolean value). Below, T denotes a non NULL value of any QL type. NULL collates before any non NULL value (is considered smaller than T). Two NULLs have no collating order (are considered equal). The WHERE clause restricts records considered by some statements, like SELECT FROM, DELETE FROM, or UPDATE. It is an error if the expression evaluates to a non null value of non bool type. Another form of the WHERE clause is an existence predicate of a parenthesized select statement. The EXISTS form evaluates to true if the parenthesized SELECT statement produces a non empty record set. The NOT EXISTS form evaluates to true if the parenthesized SELECT statement produces an empty record set. The parenthesized SELECT statement is evaluated only once (TODO issue #159). The GROUP BY clause is used to project rows having common values into a smaller set of rows. For example Using the GROUP BY without any aggregate functions in the selected fields is in certain cases equal to using the DISTINCT modifier. The last two examples above produce the same resultsets. The optional OFFSET clause allows to ignore first N records. For example The above will produce only rows 11, 12, ... of the record set, if they exist. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The optional LIMIT clause allows to ignore all but first N records. For example The above will return at most the first 10 records of the record set. The value of the expression must a non negative integer, but not bigint or duration. The LIMIT and OFFSET clauses can be combined. For example Considering table t has, say 10 records, the above will produce only records 4 - 8. After returning record #8, no more result rows/records are computed. 1. The FROM clause is evaluated, producing a Cartesian product of its source record sets (tables or nested SELECT statements). 2. If present, the JOIN cluase is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation and the recordset specified by the JOIN clause. (... JOIN Recordset ON ...) 3. If present, the WHERE clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation. 4. If present, the GROUP BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 5. The SELECT field expressions are evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 6. If present, the DISTINCT modifier is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 7. If present, the ORDER BY clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). 8. If present, the OFFSET clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The offset expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. 9. If present, the LIMIT clause is evaluated on the result set of the previous evaluation(s). The limit expression is evaluated once for the first record produced by the previous evaluations. Truncate table statements remove all records from a table. The table must exist. For example Update statements change values of fields in rows of a table. For example Note: The SET clause is optional. If any of the columns of the table were defined using the optional constraints clause or the optional defaults clause then those are processed on a per row basis. The details are discussed in the "Constraints and defaults" chapter below the CREATE TABLE statement documentation. To allow to query for DB meta data, there exist specially named tables, some of them being virtual. Note: Virtual system tables may have fake table-wise unique but meaningless and unstable record IDs. Do not apply the built-in id() to any system table. The table __Table lists all tables in the DB. The schema is The Schema column returns the statement to (re)create table Name. This table is virtual. The table __Colum lists all columns of all tables in the DB. The schema is The Ordinal column defines the 1-based index of the column in the record. This table is virtual. The table __Colum2 lists all columns of all tables in the DB which have the constraint NOT NULL or which have a constraint expression defined or which have a default expression defined. The schema is It's possible to obtain a consolidated recordset for all properties of all DB columns using The Name column is the column name in TableName. The table __Index lists all indices in the DB. The schema is The IsUnique columns reflects if the index was created using the optional UNIQUE clause. This table is virtual. Built-in functions are predeclared. The built-in aggregate function avg returns the average of values of an expression. Avg ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if avg is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function coalesce takes at least one argument and returns the first of its arguments which is not NULL. If all arguments are NULL, this function returns NULL. This is useful for providing defaults for NULL values in a select query. The built-in function contains returns true if substr is within s. If any argument to contains is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function count returns how many times an expression has a non NULL values or the number of rows in a record set. Note: count() returns 0 for an empty record set. For example Date returns the time corresponding to in the appropriate zone for that time in the given location. The month, day, hour, min, sec, and nsec values may be outside their usual ranges and will be normalized during the conversion. For example, October 32 converts to November 1. A daylight savings time transition skips or repeats times. For example, in the United States, March 13, 2011 2:15am never occurred, while November 6, 2011 1:15am occurred twice. In such cases, the choice of time zone, and therefore the time, is not well-defined. Date returns a time that is correct in one of the two zones involved in the transition, but it does not guarantee which. A location maps time instants to the zone in use at that time. Typically, the location represents the collection of time offsets in use in a geographical area, such as "CEST" and "CET" for central Europe. "local" represents the system's local time zone. "UTC" represents Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). The month specifies a month of the year (January = 1, ...). If any argument to date is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function day returns the day of the month specified by t. If the argument to day is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function formatTime returns a textual representation of the time value formatted according to layout, which defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be displayed if it were the value; it serves as an example of the desired output. The same display rules will then be applied to the time value. If any argument to formatTime is NULL the result is NULL. NOTE: The string value of the time zone, like "CET" or "ACDT", is dependent on the time zone of the machine the function is run on. For example, if the t value is in "CET", but the machine is in "ACDT", instead of "CET" the result is "+0100". This is the same what Go (time.Time).String() returns and in fact formatTime directly calls t.String(). returns on a machine in the CET time zone, but may return on a machine in the ACDT zone. The time value is in both cases the same so its ordering and comparing is correct. Only the display value can differ. The built-in functions formatFloat and formatInt format numbers to strings using go's number format functions in the `strconv` package. For all three functions, only the first argument is mandatory. The default values of the rest are shown in the examples. If the first argument is NULL, the result is NULL. returns returns returns Unlike the `strconv` equivalent, the formatInt function handles all integer types, both signed and unsigned. The built-in function hasPrefix tests whether the string s begins with prefix. If any argument to hasPrefix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hasSuffix tests whether the string s ends with suffix. If any argument to hasSuffix is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hour returns the hour within the day specified by t, in the range [0, 23]. If the argument to hour is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function hours returns the duration as a floating point number of hours. If the argument to hours is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function id takes zero or one arguments. If no argument is provided, id() returns a table-unique automatically assigned numeric identifier of type int. Ids of deleted records are not reused unless the DB becomes completely empty (has no tables). For example If id() without arguments is called for a row which is not a table record then the result value is NULL. For example If id() has one argument it must be a table name of a table in a cross join. For example The built-in function len takes a string argument and returns the lentgh of the string in bytes. The expression len(s) is constant if s is a string constant. If the argument to len is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function max returns the largest value of an expression in a record set. Max ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if max is applied to an empty record set. The expression values must be of an ordered type. For example The built-in aggregate function min returns the smallest value of an expression in a record set. Min ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if min is applied to an empty record set. For example The column values must be of an ordered type. The built-in function minute returns the minute offset within the hour specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to minute is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function minutes returns the duration as a floating point number of minutes. If the argument to minutes is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function month returns the month of the year specified by t (January = 1, ...). If the argument to month is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanosecond returns the nanosecond offset within the second specified by t, in the range [0, 999999999]. If the argument to nanosecond is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function nanoseconds returns the duration as an integer nanosecond count. If the argument to nanoseconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function now returns the current local time. The built-in function parseTime parses a formatted string and returns the time value it represents. The layout defines the format by showing how the reference time, would be interpreted if it were the value; it serves as an example of the input format. The same interpretation will then be made to the input string. Elements omitted from the value are assumed to be zero or, when zero is impossible, one, so parsing "3:04pm" returns the time corresponding to Jan 1, year 0, 15:04:00 UTC (note that because the year is 0, this time is before the zero Time). Years must be in the range 0000..9999. The day of the week is checked for syntax but it is otherwise ignored. In the absence of a time zone indicator, parseTime returns a time in UTC. When parsing a time with a zone offset like -0700, if the offset corresponds to a time zone used by the current location, then parseTime uses that location and zone in the returned time. Otherwise it records the time as being in a fabricated location with time fixed at the given zone offset. When parsing a time with a zone abbreviation like MST, if the zone abbreviation has a defined offset in the current location, then that offset is used. The zone abbreviation "UTC" is recognized as UTC regardless of location. If the zone abbreviation is unknown, Parse records the time as being in a fabricated location with the given zone abbreviation and a zero offset. This choice means that such a time can be parses and reformatted with the same layout losslessly, but the exact instant used in the representation will differ by the actual zone offset. To avoid such problems, prefer time layouts that use a numeric zone offset. If any argument to parseTime is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function second returns the second offset within the minute specified by t, in the range [0, 59]. If the argument to second is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function seconds returns the duration as a floating point number of seconds. If the argument to seconds is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function since returns the time elapsed since t. It is shorthand for now()-t. If the argument to since is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in aggregate function sum returns the sum of values of an expression for all rows of a record set. Sum ignores NULL values, but returns NULL if all values of a column are NULL or if sum is applied to an empty record set. The column values must be of a numeric type. The built-in function timeIn returns t with the location information set to loc. For discussion of the loc argument please see date(). If any argument to timeIn is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function weekday returns the day of the week specified by t. Sunday == 0, Monday == 1, ... If the argument to weekday is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function year returns the year in which t occurs. If the argument to year is NULL the result is NULL. The built-in function yearDay returns the day of the year specified by t, in the range [1,365] for non-leap years, and [1,366] in leap years. If the argument to yearDay is NULL the result is NULL. Three functions assemble and disassemble complex numbers. The built-in function complex constructs a complex value from a floating-point real and imaginary part, while real and imag extract the real and imaginary parts of a complex value. The type of the arguments and return value correspond. For complex, the two arguments must be of the same floating-point type and the return type is the complex type with the corresponding floating-point constituents: complex64 for float32, complex128 for float64. The real and imag functions together form the inverse, so for a complex value z, z == complex(real(z), imag(z)). If the operands of these functions are all constants, the return value is a constant. If any argument to any of complex, real, imag functions is NULL the result is NULL. For the numeric types, the following sizes are guaranteed Portions of this specification page are modifications based on work[2] created and shared by Google[3] and used according to terms described in the Creative Commons 3.0 Attribution License[4]. This specification is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 License, and code is licensed under a BSD license[5]. Links from the above documentation This section is not part of the specification. WARNING: The implementation of indices is new and it surely needs more time to become mature. Indices are used currently used only by the WHERE clause. The following expression patterns of 'WHERE expression' are recognized and trigger index use. The relOp is one of the relation operators <, <=, ==, >=, >. For the equality operator both operands must be of comparable types. For all other operators both operands must be of ordered types. The constant expression is a compile time constant expression. Some constant folding is still a TODO. Parameter is a QL parameter ($1 etc.). Consider tables t and u, both with an indexed field f. The WHERE expression doesn't comply with the above simple detected cases. However, such query is now automatically rewritten to which will use both of the indices. The impact of using the indices can be substantial (cf. BenchmarkCrossJoin*) if the resulting rows have low "selectivity", ie. only few rows from both tables are selected by the respective WHERE filtering. Note: Existing QL DBs can be used and indices can be added to them. However, once any indices are present in the DB, the old QL versions cannot work with such DB anymore. Running a benchmark with -v (-test.v) outputs information about the scale used to report records/s and a brief description of the benchmark. For example Running the full suite of benchmarks takes a lot of time. Use the -timeout flag to avoid them being killed after the default time limit (10 minutes).

Package protocompile provides the entry point for a high performance native Go protobuf compiler. "Compile" in this case just means parsing and validating source and generating fully-linked descriptors in the end. Unlike the protoc command-line tool, this package does not try to use the descriptors to perform code generation. The various sub-packages represent the various compile phases and contain models for the intermediate results. Those phases follow: This package provides an easy-to-use interface that does all the relevant phases, based on the inputs given. If an input is provided as source, all phases apply. If an input is provided as a descriptor proto, only phases 3 to 5 apply. Nothing is necessary if provided a linked descriptor (which is usually only the case for select system dependencies). This package is also capable of taking advantage of multiple CPU cores, so a compilation involving thousands of files can be done very quickly by compiling things in parallel. A Resolver is how the compiler locates artifacts that are inputs to the compilation. For example, it can load protobuf source code that must be processed. A Resolver could also supply some already-compiled dependencies as fully-linked descriptors, alleviating the need to re-compile them. A Resolver can provide any of the following in response to a query for an input. Compilation will use the Resolver to load the files that are to be compiled and also to load all dependencies (i.e. other files imported by those being compiled). A Compiler accepts a list of file names and produces the list of descriptors. A Compiler has several fields that control how it works but only the Resolver field is required. A minimal Compiler, that resolves files by loading them from the file system based on the current working directory, can be had with the following simple snippet: This minimal Compiler will use default parallelism, equal to the number of CPU cores detected; it will not generate source code info in the resulting descriptors; and it will fail fast at the first sign of any error. All of these aspects can be customized by setting other fields.

2fa is a two-factor authentication agent. Usage: “2fa -add name” adds a new key to the 2fa keychain with the given name. It prints a prompt to standard error and reads a two-factor key from standard input. Two-factor keys are short case-insensitive strings of letters A-Z and digits 2-7. By default the new key generates time-based (TOTP) authentication codes; the -hotp flag makes the new key generate counter-based (HOTP) codes instead. By default the new key generates 6-digit codes; the -7 and -8 flags select 7- and 8-digit codes instead. “2fa -list” lists the names of all the keys in the keychain. “2fa name” prints a two-factor authentication code from the key with the given name. If “-clip” is specified, 2fa also copies the code to the system clipboard. With no arguments, 2fa prints two-factor authentication codes from all known time-based keys. The default time-based authentication codes are derived from a hash of the key and the current time, so it is important that the system clock have at least one-minute accuracy. The keychain is stored unencrypted in the text file $HOME/.2fa. During GitHub 2FA setup, at the “Scan this barcode with your app” step, click the “enter this text code instead” link. A window pops up showing “your two-factor secret,” a short string of letters and digits. Add it to 2fa under the name github, typing the secret at the prompt: Then whenever GitHub prompts for a 2FA code, run 2fa to obtain one: Or to type less:

Package tmplfunc provides an extension of Go templates in which templates can be invoked as if they were functions. For example, after parsing this package installs a function named link allowing the template to be invoked as instead of the longer-form (assuming an appropriate function named dict) The function installed for a given template depends on the name of the defined template, which can include not just a function name but also a list of parameter names. The function name and parameter names must consist only of letters, digits, and underscores, with a leading non-digit. If there is no parameter list, then the function is expected to take at most one argument, made available in the template body as “.” (dot). If such a function is called with no arguments, dot will be a nil interface value. If there is a parameter list, then the function requires an argument for each parameter, except for optional and variadic parameters, explained below. Inside the template, the top-level value “.” is a map[string]interface{} in which each parameter name is mapped to the corresponding argument value. A parameter x can therefore be accessed as {{(index . "x")}} or, more concisely, {{.x}}. The first special case in parameter handling is that a parameter can be made optional by adding a “?” suffix after its name. If the argument list ends before that parameter, the corresponding map entry will be present and set to a nil value. The second special case is that a parameter can be made variadic by adding a “...” suffix after its name. The corresponding map entry contains a []interface{} holding the zero or more arguments corresponding to that parameter. In the parameter list, required parameters must precede optional parameters, which must in turn precede any variadic parameter. For example, we can revise the link template given earlier to make the link text optional, substituting the URL when the text is omitted: This package is meant to be used with templates from either the text/template or html/template packages. Given a *template.Template variable t, substitute: Parse, ParseFiles, and ParseGlob parse the new templates but also add functions that invoke them, named according to the function signatures. Templates can only invoke functions for templates that have already been defined or that are being defined in the same Parse, ParseFiles, or ParseGlob call. For example, templates in two files x.tmpl and y.tmpl can call each other only if ParseFiles or ParseGlob is used to parse both files in a single call. Otherwise, the parsing of the first file will report that calls to templates in the second file are calling unknown functions. When used with the html/template package, all function-invoked template calls are treated as invoking templates producing HTML. In order to use a template that produces some other kind of text fragment, the template must be invoked directly using the {{template "name"}} form, not as a function call.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configuratoins. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package ccgo translates C to Go source code. This v3 package is obsolete. Please use current ccgo/v4: Invocation 2021-12-23: v3.13.0 add clang support. To compile the resulting Go programs the package modernc.org/libc has to be installed. CCGO_CPP selects which command is used by the C front end to obtain target configuration. Defaults to `cpp`. Ignored when --load-config <path> is used. TARGET_GOARCH selects the GOARCH of the resulting Go code. Defaults to $GOARCH or runtime.GOARCH if $GOARCH is not set. Ignored when --load-config <path> is used. TARGET_GOOS selects the GOOS of the resulting Go code. Defaults to $GOOS or runtime.GOOS if $GOOS is not set. Ignored when --load-config <path> is used. To compile for the host invoke something like To cross compile set TARGET_GOARCH and/or TARGET_GOOS, not GOARCH/GOOS. Cross compile depends on availability of C stdlib headers for the target platform as well on the set of predefined macros for the target platform. For example, to cross compile on a Linux host, targeting windows/amd64, it's necessary to have mingw64 installed in $PATH. Then invoke something like Only files with extension .c, .h or .json are recognized as input files. A .json file is interpreted as a compile database. All other command line arguments following the .json file are interpreted as items that should be found in the database and included in the output file. Each item should be on object file (.o) or static archive (.a) or a command (no extension). Command line options requiring an argument. -Dfoo Equals `#define foo 1`. -Dfoo=bar Equals `#define foo bar`. -Ipath Add path to the list of include files search path. The option is a capital letter I (India), not a lowercase letter l (Lima). -limport-path The package at <import-path> must have been produced without using the -nocapi option, ie. the package must have a proper capi_$GOOS_$GOARCH.go file. The option is a lowercase letter l (Lima), not a capital letter I (India). -Ufoo Equals `#undef foo`. -compiledb name When this option appears anywhere, most preceding options are ignored and all following command line arguments are interpreted as a command with arguments that will be executed to produce the compilation database. For example: This will execute `make -DFOO -w` and attempts to extract the compile and archive commands. Only POSIX operating systems are supported. The supported build system must output information about entering directories that is compatible with GNU make. The only compilers supported are `gcc` and `clang`. The only archiver supported is `ar`. Format specification: https://clang.llvm.org/docs/JSONCompilationDatabase.html Note: This option produces also information about libraries created with `ar cr` and include it in the json file, which is above the specification. -crt-import-path path Unless disabled by the -nostdlib option, every produced Go file imports the C runtime library. Default is `modernc.org/libc`. -export-defines "" Export C numeric/string defines as Go constants by capitalizing the first letter of the define's name. -export-defines prefix Export C numeric/string defines as Go constants by prefixing the define's name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -export-enums "" Export C enum constants as Go constants by capitalizing the first letter of the enum constant name. -export-enums prefix Export C enum constants as Go constants by prefixing the enum constant name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -export-externs "" Export C extern definitions as Go definitions by capitalizing the first letter of the definition name. -export-externs prefix Export C extern definitions as Go definitions by prefixing the definition name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -export-fields "" Export C struct fields as Go fields by capitalizing the first letter of the field name. -export-fields prefix Export C struct fields as Go fields by prefixing the field name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -export-structs "" Export tagged C struct/union types as Go types by capitalizing the first letter of the tag name. -export-structs prefix Export tagged C struct/union types as Go types by prefixing the tag name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -export-typedefs "" Export C typedefs as Go types by capitalizing the first letter of the typedef name. -export-structs prefix Export C typedefs as as Go types by prefixing the typedef name with `prefix`. Name conflicts are resolved by adding a numeric suffix. -static-locals-prefix prefix Prefix C static local declarators names with 'prefix'. -host-config-cmd command This option has the same effect as setting `CCGO_CPP=command`. -host-config-opts comma-separated-list The separated items of the list are added to the invocation of the configuration command. -pkgname name Set the resulting Go package name to 'name'. Defaults to `main`. -script filename Ccgo does not yet have a concept of object files. All C files that are needed for producing the resulting Go file have to be compiled together and "linked" in memory. There are some problems with this approach, one of them is the situation when foo.c has to be compiled using, for example `-Dbar=42` and "linked" with baz.c that needs to be compiled with `-Dbar=314`. Or `bar` must not defined at all for baz.c, etc. A script in a named file is a CSV file. It is opened like this (error handling omitted): The first field of every record in the CSV file is the directory to use. The remaining fields are the arguments of the ccgo command. This way different C files can be translated using different options. The CSV file may look something like: -volatile comma-separated-list The separated items of the list are added to the list of file scope extern variables the will be accessed atomically, like if their C declarator used the 'volatile' type specifier. Currently only C scalar types of size 4 and 8 bytes are supported. Other types/sizes will ignore both the volatile specifier and the -volatile option. -save-config path This option copies every header included during compilation or compile database generation to a file under the path argument. Additionally the host configuration, ie. predefined macros, include search paths, os and architecture is stored in path/config.json. When this option is used, no Go code is generated, meaning no link phase occurs and thus the memory consumption should stay low. Passing an empty string as an argument of -save-config is the same as if the option is not present at all. Possibly useful when the option set is generated in code. This option is ignored when -compiledb <path> is used. --load-config path Note that this option must have the double dash prefix to distinguish it from -lfoo, the [traditional] short form of `-l foo`. This option configures the compiler using path/config.json. The include paths are adjusted to be relative to path. For example: Assume on machine A the default C preprocessor reports a system include search path "/usr/include". Running ccgo on A with -save-config /tmp/foo to compile foo.c that #includes <stdlib.h>, which is found in /usr/include/stdlib.h on the host results in Assume /tmp/foo from machine A will be recursively copied to machine B, that may run a different operating system and/or architecture. Let the copy be for example in /tmp/bar. Using --load-config /tmp/bar will instruct ccgo to configure its preprocessor with a system include path /tmp/bar/usr/include and thus use the original machine A stdlib.h found there. When the --load-config is used, no host configuration from a machine B cross C preprocessor/compiler is needed to transpile the foo.c source on machine B as if the compiler would be running on machine A. The particular usefulness of this mechanism is for transpiling big projects for 32 bit architectures. There the lack if ccgo having an object format and thus linking everything in RAM can need too much memory for the system to handle. The way around this is possibly to run something like on machine A, transfer path/* to machine B and run the link phase there with eg. Note that the C sources for the project must be in the same path on both machines because the compile database stores absolute paths. It might be convenient to put the sources in path/src, the config in path/config, for example, and transfer the [archive of] path/ to the same directory on the second machine. That also solves the issue when ./configure generates files and the result differs per operating system or architecture. Passing an empty string as an argument of -load-config is the same as if the option is not present at all. Possibly useful when the option set is generated in code. These command line options don't take arguments. -E When this option is present the compiler does not produce any Go files and instead prints the preprocessor output to stdout. -all-errors Normally only the first 10 or so errors are shown. With this option the compiler will show all errors. -header Using this option suppresses producing of any function definitions. This is possibly useful for producing Go files from C header files. Including function signatures with -header. -func-sig Add this option to include fucntion signature when compiling headers (using -header). -nostdinc This option disables the default C include search paths. -nostdlib This option disables importing of the runtime library by the resulting Go code. -trace-pinning This option will print the positions and names of local declarators that are being pinned. -version Ignore all other options, print version and exit. -verbose-compiledb Enable verbose output when -compiledb is present. -ignore-undefined This option tells the linker to not insist on finding definitions for declarators that are not implicitly declared and used - but not defined. This might be useful when the intent is to define the missing function in Go functions manually. Name conflict resolution for such declarator names may or may not be applied. -ignore-unsupported-alignment This option tells the compiler to not complain about alignments that Go cannot support. -trace-included-files This option outputs the path names of all included files. This option is ignored when -compiledb <path> is used. There may exist other options not listed above. Those should be considered temporary and/or unsupported and may be removed without notice. Alternatively, they may eventually get promoted to "documented" options.

Package datastore has an abstract representation of (AppEngine | Cloud) Datastore. repository https://github.com/mercari/datastore Let's read https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/ or https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/go/datastore/ . You should also check https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go/datastore or https://godoc.org/google.golang.org/appengine/datastore as datastore original library. Japanese version https://github.com/mercari/datastore/blob/master/doc_ja.go Please see https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/clouddatastore or https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/aedatastore . Create a Client using the FromContext function of each package. Later in this document, notes on migration from each package are summarized. Please see also there. This package is based on the newly designed Cloud Datastore API. We are introducing flatten tags that only exist in Cloud Datastore, we need to be careful when migrating from AE Datastore. Details will be described later. If you are worried, you may have a clue to the solution at https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/clouddatastore . This package has three main objectives. We are forced to make functions that are not directly related to the value of the application for speed, stability and operation. Such functions can be abstracted and used as middleware. Let's think about this case. Put Entity to Datastore and set it to Memcache or Redis. Next, when getting from Datastore, Get from Memcache first, Get it again from Datastore if it fails. It is very troublesome to provide these operations for all Kind and all Entity operations. However, if the middleware intervenes with all Datastore RPCs, you can transparently process without affecting the application code. As another case, RPC sometimes fails. If it fails, the process often succeeds simply by retrying. For easy RET retry with all RPCs, it is better to implement it as middleware. Please refer to https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/dsmiddleware if you want to know the middleware already provided. The same interface is provided for AppEngine Datastore and Cloud Datastore. These two are compatible, you can run it with exactly the same code after creating the Client. For example, you can use AE Datastore in a production environment and Cloud Datastore Emulator in UnitTest. If you can avoid goapp, tests may be faster and IDE may be more vulnerable to debugging. You can also read data from the local environment via Cloud Datastore for systems running on AE Datastore. Caution. Although the storage bodies of RPCs of AE Datastore and Cloud Datastore are shared, there is a difference in expressiveness at the API level. Please carefully read the data written in AE Datastore carelessly on Cloud Datastore and do not update it. It may become impossible to read from the API of AE Datastore side. About this, we have not strictly tested. The operation of Datastore has very little latency with respect to RPC's network. When acquiring 10 entities it means that GetMulti one time is better than getting 10 times using loops. However, we are not good at putting together multiple processes at once. Suppose, for example, you want to query on Post Kind, use the list of Comment IDs of the resulting Post, and get a list of Comments. For example, you can query Post Kind and get a list of Post. In addition, consider using CommentIDs of Post and getting a list of Comment. This is enough Query + 1 GetMulti is enough if you write very clever code. However, after acquiring the data, it is necessary to link the Comment list with the appropriate Post. On the other hand, you can easily write a code that throws a query once and then GetMulti the Comment as many as Post. In summary, it is convenient to have Put or Get queued, and there is a mechanism to execute it collectively later. Batch() is it! You can find the example at https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/#pkg-examples . I love goon. So I made https://godoc.org/go.mercari.io/datastore/boom which can be used in conjunction with this package. Here's an overview of what you need to do to migrate your existing code. from AE Datastore from Cloud Datastore from goon to boom

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package edgedb is the official Go driver for EdgeDB. Additionally, github.com/edgedb/edgedb-go/cmd/edgeql-go is a code generator that generates go functions from edgeql files. Typical client usage looks like this: We recommend using environment variables for connection parameters. See the client connection docs for more information. You may also connect to a database using a DSN: Or you can use Option fields. edgedb never returns underlying errors directly. If you are checking for things like context expiration use errors.Is() or errors.As(). Most errors returned by the edgedb package will satisfy the edgedb.Error interface which has methods for introspecting. The following list shows the marshal/unmarshal mapping between EdgeDB types and go types: Note that EdgeDB's std::duration type is represented in int64 microseconds while go's time.Duration type is int64 nanoseconds. It is incorrect to cast one directly to the other. Shape fields that are not required must use optional types for receiving query results. The edgedb.Optional struct can be embedded to make structs optional. Not all types listed above are valid query parameters. To pass a slice of scalar values use array in your query. EdgeDB doesn't currently support using sets as parameters. Nested structures are also not directly allowed but you can use json instead. By default EdgeDB will ignore embedded structs when marshaling/unmarshaling. To treat an embedded struct's fields as part of the parent struct's fields, tag the embedded struct with `edgedb:"$inline"`. Interfaces for user defined marshaler/unmarshalers are documented in the internal/marshal package. Link properties are treated as fields in the linked to struct, and the @ is omitted from the field's tag.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package queue provides multiple thread-safe generic queue implementations. Currently, there are 2 available implementations: A blocking queue, which provides methods that wait for the queue to have available elements when attempting to retrieve an element, and waits for a free slot when attempting to insert an element. A priority queue based on a container.Heap. The elements in the queue must implement the Lesser interface, and are ordered based on the Less method. The head of the queue is always the highest priority element. A circular queue, which is a queue that uses a fixed-size slice as if it were connected end-to-end. When the queue is full, adding a new element to the queue overwrites the oldest element. A linked queue, implemented as a singly linked list, offering O(1) time complexity for enqueue and dequeue operations. The queue maintains pointers to both the head (front) and tail (end) of the list for efficient operations without the need for traversal.

Package godoctricks is a tutorial on the features of GoDoc. It is meant to help eveyone make the most out of this feature of Go. Notice that this doc is written in godoc itself as package documentation. The defined types are just for making the table of contents at the head of the page; they have no meanings as actual types. If you have any suggestion or comment, please feel free to open an issue. By Amit Lavon. The new version introduces a few additions to what the godoc tool can recognize. You can see them below at Links, Headings and Lists. The official documentation is at: https://go.dev/doc/comment This function is named Example(), which is a package level test function. This function is named Example_other(), which is a package level test function and has the label "other". A whole file example is a file that ends in `_test.go` and contains exactly one example function, no test or benchmark functions, and at least one other package-level declaration.

Package list implements a doubly linked list. To iterate over a list (where l is a *List):